Sie sind auf Seite 1von 227

OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System

V100R009C00

Product Description

Issue 02
Date 2018-07-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2018. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

About This Document

Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Version

OptiX RTN 320 V100R009C00

iManager U2000–T V200R018C50

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:

l Network planning engineer


l Hardware installation engineer
l Installation and commissioning engineer
l Field maintenance engineer
l Data configuration engineer
l System maintenance engineer

Familiarity with the basic knowledge related to digital microwave communication technology
will help you apply the information in this document.

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation


which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation


which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation


which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation


which, if not avoided, could result in
equipment damage, data loss, performance
deterioration, or unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not
related to personal injury.

Calls attention to important information,


best practices and tips.
NOTE is used to address information not
related to personal injury, equipment
damage, and environment deterioration.

General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in


boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.


Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.

Change History
Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue contains all the
changes made in earlier issues.

Updates in Issue 02 (2018-07-30)


This issue is the second release for the product version V100R009C00.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

Update Description

Entire document Fixed known defects.

Updates in Issue 01 (2018-04-30) Based on Product Version V100R009C00


This issue is the first release for the product version V100R009C00.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description Contents

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii


1 Product Introduction.....................................................................................................................1
1.1 Equipment Model........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Positioning...................................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Specifications..................................................................................................................................................................4
1.4 Site Configurations......................................................................................................................................................... 8
1.4.1 1+0 Site........................................................................................................................................................................8
1.4.2 2+0 Site......................................................................................................................................................................10
1.4.3 1+1 Site...................................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.4.4 XPIC Site................................................................................................................................................................... 13
1.4.5 XPIC Site with 1+1 Protection.................................................................................................................................. 14
1.4.6 MIMO Site Configuration......................................................................................................................................... 16
1.4.7 3+0/4+0 Site.............................................................................................................................................................. 19
1.4.8 Multi-direction Site....................................................................................................................................................23

2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................... 25


2.1 Adaptive Modulation.................................................................................................................................................... 26
2.2 Cross-Polarization Interference Cancellation............................................................................................................... 28
2.3 Automatic Transmit Power Control..............................................................................................................................29
2.4 Power over Ethernet..................................................................................................................................................... 29
2.5 MPLS and PWE3 Functions.........................................................................................................................................31
2.6 Ethernet Service Processing Capability........................................................................................................................32
2.7 QoS............................................................................................................................................................................... 34
2.8 Clock Features.............................................................................................................................................................. 37
2.9 Protection......................................................................................................................................................................38
2.10 Network Management................................................................................................................................................ 39
2.11 Rapid Deployment...................................................................................................................................................... 40
2.12 Easy Maintenance.......................................................................................................................................................40
2.12.1 Contact-Free Maintenance.......................................................................................................................................40
2.12.2 Equipment-Level OAM........................................................................................................................................... 42
2.12.3 Packet OAM (TP-Assist).........................................................................................................................................44
2.13 Security Management................................................................................................................................................. 47
2.14 Anti-Theft Function.................................................................................................................................................... 50

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description Contents

2.15 Energy Saving.............................................................................................................................................................51


2.16 Environmental Protection........................................................................................................................................... 51

3 Product Structure......................................................................................................................... 53
3.1 System Architecture..................................................................................................................................................... 53
3.2 Service Signal Processing Flow................................................................................................................................... 56
3.3 Ports.............................................................................................................................................................................. 58
3.4 Indicators...................................................................................................................................................................... 67
3.5 Labels............................................................................................................................................................................70

4 Networking and Applications.................................................................................................. 73


4.1 Independent Networking.............................................................................................................................................. 73
4.1.1 Chain Networks......................................................................................................................................................... 73
4.1.2 Ring Networks........................................................................................................................................................... 74
4.2 Networking for Super Dual Band................................................................................................................................. 75
4.3 Networking with the ATN............................................................................................................................................ 76
4.4 Networking with LAN Switches.................................................................................................................................. 77
4.5 Supplementary Network for Optical Fibers..................................................................................................................78

5 Network Management System..................................................................................................80


5.1 Network Management Solutions.................................................................................................................................. 80
5.2 Web LCT...................................................................................................................................................................... 81
5.3 U2000-T........................................................................................................................................................................82
5.4 Web-based NMS........................................................................................................................................................... 84

6 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................85
6.1 RF Performance............................................................................................................................................................ 85
6.1.1 Microwave Working Modes...................................................................................................................................... 85
6.1.1.1 IF Running Modes.................................................................................................................................................. 85
6.1.1.2 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (ETSI).............................................................. 88
6.1.1.3 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (FCC)............................................................... 96
6.1.1.4 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS6 Mode)(ETSI)............................................................. 104
6.1.1.5 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS6 Mode) (FCC)............................................................. 114
6.1.2 Frequency Bands......................................................................................................................................................116
6.1.3 Channel Configuration............................................................................................................................................ 123
6.1.4 Receiver Sensitivity................................................................................................................................................. 124
6.1.4.1 Receiver Sensitivity (IS3 Mode) (ETSI).............................................................................................................. 124
6.1.4.2 Receiver Sensitivity (IS3 Mode) (FCC)............................................................................................................... 138
6.1.4.3 Receiver Sensitivity (IS6 Mode) (ETSI).............................................................................................................. 145
6.1.4.4 Receiver Sensitivity (IS6 Mode) (FCC)............................................................................................................... 159
6.1.5 Distortion Sensitivity............................................................................................................................................... 161
6.1.6 Transceiver Performance......................................................................................................................................... 162
6.1.6.1 Transceiver Performance (IS3 Mode)...................................................................................................................162
6.1.6.2 Transceiver Performance (IS6 Mode)...................................................................................................................165
6.1.7 Baseband Processing Performance of a Modem..................................................................................................... 169

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description Contents

6.2 Predicted Reliability................................................................................................................................................... 170


6.2.1 Predicted Equipment Reliability..............................................................................................................................170
6.2.2 Predicted Link Reliability........................................................................................................................................170
6.3 Ethernet Port Performance..........................................................................................................................................171
6.4 System Performance................................................................................................................................................... 173

7 Accessories.................................................................................................................................. 177
7.1 Power Injector.............................................................................................................................................................178
7.2 Optical Splitter............................................................................................................................................................178
7.2.1 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................ 179
7.2.2 Ports......................................................................................................................................................................... 179
7.2.3 Labels.......................................................................................................................................................................182
7.2.4 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................................................................... 183
7.3 Four-Port Coupler.......................................................................................................................................................184
7.3.1 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................ 184
7.3.2 Ports......................................................................................................................................................................... 185
7.3.3 Label........................................................................................................................................................................ 187
7.3.4 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................................................................... 189
7.4 Extra Mounting Components......................................................................................................................................190
7.4.1 Mounting Brackets.................................................................................................................................................. 190
7.4.2 Flexible Waveguides................................................................................................................................................191
7.5 Antennas..................................................................................................................................................................... 192
7.5.1 Types........................................................................................................................................................................192
7.5.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................ 194
7.5.3 Working Principles.................................................................................................................................................. 195
7.5.4 Antenna Diameters.................................................................................................................................................. 196
7.5.5 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................................................................... 198
7.6 USB Flash Drives....................................................................................................................................................... 199
7.7 WLAN Module...........................................................................................................................................................201

8 Cables...........................................................................................................................................204
8.1 Outdoor Network Cables............................................................................................................................................ 204
8.2 Outdoor Optical Fiber.................................................................................................................................................206
8.3 Power Cables.............................................................................................................................................................. 207
8.4 RTN 320 PGND Cables..............................................................................................................................................208

A Appendix....................................................................................................................................209
A.1 Port Loopbacks.......................................................................................................................................................... 209
A.2 Compliance Standards............................................................................................................................................... 209
A.2.1 ITU-R Standards..................................................................................................................................................... 209
A.2.2 ITU-T Standards..................................................................................................................................................... 210
A.2.3 ETSI Standards....................................................................................................................................................... 211
A.2.4 CEPT Standards......................................................................................................................................................214
A.2.5 IEC Standards......................................................................................................................................................... 214

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description Contents

A.2.6 IETF Standards....................................................................................................................................................... 216


A.2.7 IEEE Standards....................................................................................................................................................... 217
A.2.8 Other Standards...................................................................................................................................................... 217

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

1 Product Introduction

About This Chapter

The OptiX RTN 320 (RTN 320 for short) is a full-outdoor dual-channel product in the OptiX
RTN radio transmission system series.

1.1 Equipment Model


The integrated RTN 320 model is compact radio transmission equipment that integrates all of
its functions into an outdoor chassis.
1.2 Positioning
The RTN 320 is radio transmission equipment that provides transmission solutions for both
mobile communication networks and private networks.
1.3 Specifications
The RTN 320's specifications meet the backhaul requirements of both mobile communication
networks and private networks.
1.4 Site Configurations
An RTN 320 provides two microwave channels. An RTN 320 can independently provide a
1+0, 2+0, XPIC, 1+1, or multi-direction site. RTN 320s can be cascaded to form a 3+0/4+0
site or an XPIC site with 1+1 protection.

1.1 Equipment Model


The integrated RTN 320 model is compact radio transmission equipment that integrates all of
its functions into an outdoor chassis.
The RTN 320 integrates a baseband processing module and an RF processing module
(referred to as integrated ODU). Connecting the RTN 320 to an extended ODU through an IF
port provides two microwave links. Figure 1-1 shows the integrated RTN 320 model.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-1 Integrated RTN 320

The RTN 320 provides such functions as service access, multiplexing, IF processing, and
system control and communication. The integrated ODU and extended ODU perform
frequency conversion and power amplification for signals.

1.2 Positioning
The RTN 320 is radio transmission equipment that provides transmission solutions for both
mobile communication networks and private networks.
The RTN 320 integrates all of its functions into a compact outdoor chassis that can be
mounted on a pole, thereby achieving zero footprint in terms of installation space. The RTN
320 can work with an extended ODU to provide two microwave directions. Therefore, the
RTN 320 helps lower network construction costs and operating expenses.
The RTN 320 supports flexible networking. RTN 320s can form ring or chain backhaul
networks for IP base stations.
The RTN 320 supports 4096QAM, 112 MHz channel spacing, XPIC, PLA/EPLA, MIMO,and
1+1 HSB/FD/SD. With such capabilities, the RTN 320 provides high-bandwidth backhaul
links for high-capacity 3G/LTE base stations.
On mobile communication networks, the RTN 320 can:
l Operate independently to form ring or chain backhaul networks to provide links with
high capacity, bandwidth, and reliability for 3G/LTE base stations. See Figure 1-2.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

l Work with the ATN to provide a microwave channel solution for transparent
transmission on the IP radio access network (IP RAN). See Figure 1-3.
l Work with the RTN 380H housing MXXI5 boards to form a full-outdoor Super Dual
Band solution. With this solution, zero footprint as well as large-bandwidth and long-
distance mobile backhaul links can be provided. This solution applies to tail sites without
outdoor cabinets or equipment rooms. See Figure 1-4.

Figure 1-2 RTN 320 deployed independently

NodeB 1
NodeB 2

NodeB 3

GE

GE RNC
1+1
GE

NodeB 4 Regional Backhaul


Network

XPIC

NodeB 5

OptiX RTN 320

Figure 1-3 RTN 320 working with the ATN

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-4 Working with the RTN 380H to form a full-outdoor Super Dual Band solution

1.3 Specifications
The RTN 320's specifications meet the backhaul requirements of both mobile communication
networks and private networks.
Table 1-1 lists the main specifications of the RTN 320.

Table 1-1 RTN 320 specifications


Item Specifications

Appearance

Microwave type IP microwave over native Ethernet and over


PWE3 Ethernet

Number of microwave directions 2

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Item Specifications

Frequency bands l Integrated ODU: 7 GHz, 8 GHz, 11


GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23
GHz, 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 32 GHz, 38 GHz
l Extended ODU (RTN XMC ODU): 6
GHz, 7 GHz, 8 GHz, 10 GHz, 10.5 GHz,
11 GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23
GHz, 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 32 GHz, 38
GHz, 42 GHz

Channel spacings ETSI: 7/14/28/40/56/112 MHz


FCC: 30/40/50 MHz
NOTE
In this version, only the RTN XMC-3 ODU
operating at the 32 GHz frequency band and the
integrated ODU operating at the 32 GHz
frequency band support 112 MHz channel
spacing.
In this version, integrated ODUs operating at the
11/18/23 GHz frequency band support FCC
channel spacings and extended ODUs (only RTN
XMC-2/XMC-2H/XMC-2E ODUs at certain
frequency bands) support FCC channel spacings.

Modulation schemes QPSK Strong/QPSK/16QAM Strong/


16QAM/32QAM/64QAM/128QAM/
256QAM/512QAM/512QAM Light/
1024QAM/1024QAM Light/2048QAM/
4096QAM
NOTE
l The difference between strong/light
modulation schemes and normal modulation
schemes lies in FEC encoding parameter
settings. Strong modulation schemes have
stronger error correction capabilities, which
mean higher receiver sensitivity but lower air
interface bandwidth. Light modulation
schemes have poorer error correction
capabilities, which mean lower receiver
sensitivity but higher air interface bandwidth.
l The RTN 320 supports 512QAM Light and
1024QAM Light modulation schemes only in
IS3 mode.
l The RTN 320 supports the 4096QAM
modulation scheme only in IS6 and non-
XPIC modes.
l In the MIMO configuration, the highest-
order modulation scheme supported is
256QAM.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Item Specifications

Capacity l Maximum air capacity: 800 Mbit/s


l Maximum air-interface service
throughput: 2.4 Gbit/s
l Maximum switching capacity: 8 Gbit/s

RF configuration modes l N+0 (N ≤ 4) (When N is greater than 2,


NEs must be cascaded.)
l 1+1 HSB/FD/SD configuration
l XPIC configuration
l MIMO configuration: intra-NE 2x2
MIMO, inter-NE 2x2 MIMO, and 4x4
MIMO
l Multi-direction site configuration

Channel configuration modes l ACAP


l ACCP
l CCDP

AM Supported

ATPC Supported

Super Dual Band Support for working with the RTN 380H
housing the MXXI5 board to form a full-
outdoor Super Dual Band solution

Ethernet frame header compression Supported

PLA/EPLA l Intra-equipment PLA


l Intra-equipment EPLA and inter-
equipment EPLA

LLDP Supported

QoS/HQoS Supported

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Item Specifications

Service ports l Two FE/GE SFP ports


l Two GE fixed electrical ports
l One power over Ethernet (P&E) port
l Two MIMO ports
NOTE
l To cascade NEs to form an EPLA protection
group, you can install a 4.25 Gbit/s optical
module on any optical port of each NE so
that the port can function as a cascade port.
l When the RTN 320 works with the RTN
380H housing the MXXI5 board to form a
full-outdoor Super Dual Band solution, the
GE/2.5G port can be used as cascade ports.
l To form an inter-NE MIMO configuration,
you must install 4.25 Gbit/s optical modules
on MIMO ports.
l To cascade NEs to form a 1+1 protection
group, you can use any GE port of each NE
as a cascade port.
l P&E and DC power are mutually exclusive.
If DC power is used, the P&E port cannot be
used.

Service types l Native Ethernet services: E-Line service


and E-LAN service
l PW-carried Ethernet services: E-Line
service, E-Aggr service, and E-LAN
(VPLS) service (VPLS standing for
virtual private LAN service)

MPLS Tunnel Supported

PWE3 Supported

Clock features l Supported clock sources: microwave


link clock and synchronous Ethernet
clock
l IEEE 1588v2 time synchronization
l ITU-T G.8257.1 time synchronization

Power supply l P&E (supports power supplied by the


matching power supply equipment, such
as RTN B20 PI.)
l DC power
NOTE
P&E and DC power are mutually exclusive.
Either the P&E port or the DC power port can be
used at a time.

Chassis dimensions (H x W x D) 260 mm x 210 mm x 101 mm

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Item Specifications

ODU l The integrated ODU supports the 7 GHz,


8 GHz, 11 GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18
GHz, 23 GHz, 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 32 GHz
and 38 GHz frequency bands.
l The extended ODU is an RTN
XMC-2/2H/3 ODU, which covers the
entire frequency band from 6 GHz to 42
GHz.

Antenna Single-polarized antennas and dual-


polarized antennas with a diameter of 0.2 m
to 3.7 m as well as the corresponding
antenna feeder accessories, providing a full-
band antenna solution.

1.4 Site Configurations


An RTN 320 provides two microwave channels. An RTN 320 can independently provide a
1+0, 2+0, XPIC, 1+1, or multi-direction site. RTN 320s can be cascaded to form a 3+0/4+0
site or an XPIC site with 1+1 protection.

1.4.1 1+0 Site


A 1+0 site provides a microwave link in one direction.
At a 1+0 site, one single-polarized antenna is used. Depending on antenna specifications, an
RTN 320 can be directly mounted on an antenna (direct mounting) or connected to an antenna
using accessories (split mounting).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-5 Typical configurations of a 1+0 site (direct mounting)

Figure 1-6 Typical configurations of a 1+0 site (split mounting)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

1.4.2 2+0 Site


A 2+0 site provides two microwave links in the same direction.
At a 2+0 site, an RTN 320 and an ODU are installed on the same hybrid coupler. Depending
on antenna specifications, the hybrid coupler can be directly mounted on an antenna (direct
mounting) or connected to an antenna using accessories (split mounting). An extended ODU
is connected to the RTN 320 using an IF cable.
Generally, physical link aggregation (PLA) or enhanced physical link aggregation (EPLA) is
configured for the RTN 320 at a 2+0 site.

Figure 1-7 Typical configurations of a 2+0 site (direct mounting)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-8 Typical configurations of a 2+0 site (split mounting)

1.4.3 1+1 Site


A 1+1 site provides a microwave link protection system that comprises one working link and
one protection link in the same direction. Depending on configurations, a 1+1 site can provide
1+1 hot standby (HSB), 1+1 frequency diversity (FD), or 1+1 space diversity (SD) protection
for its microwave links.

Two typical configurations are available for a 1+1 site:


l 1+1 site provided by an RTN 320 independently
l 1+1 site implemented by cascading RTN 320s (working with XPIC, only 1+1 HSB
supported)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

This section describes only a 1+1 site provided by an RTN 320 independently. For the
description of a 1+1 site implemented by cascading RTN 320s, see 1.4.5 XPIC Site with 1+1
Protection.
Figure 1-9 illustrates the typical configurations of a 1+1 HSB site (direct mounting).

Figure 1-9 Typical configurations of a 1+1 site

In this example, the RTN 320 provides protection for one channel of GE optical/electrical
service. In applications, the RTN 320 can provide protection for multiple channels of GE
optical/electrical services. These services are synchronously switched between the main and
standby channels based on the channel status.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

1.4.4 XPIC Site


An XPIC site is a special 2+0 site. The two microwave links provided by an XPIC site operate
at the same frequency, but their polarization directions are orthogonal. The XPIC function
cancels cross polarization interference between the two microwave links.
A dual-polarized antenna is required at an XPIC site. If an antenna with a diameter less than
or equal to 1.8 m is used, two RTN 320s are installed on the same orthogonal mode transducer
(OMT). The OMT is directly mounted on the antenna. If an antenna with a diameter greater
than 1.8 m is used, the RTN 320 and extended ODU are connected to the antenna using
accessories (split mounting). The following figure uses direct mounting as an example to
illustrate the typical configurations of an XPIC site.
Generally, PLA or EPLA is configured for the RTN 320 at an XPIC site. In this manner, two
microwave links are aggregated to form a high-bandwidth logical Ethernet channel, and load
sharing or protection is implemented for the microwave links.

Figure 1-10 Typical configurations of an XPIC site (direct mounting)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

1.4.5 XPIC Site with 1+1 Protection


An XPIC site with 1+1 protection provides XPIC-enabled microwave links with 1+1 HSB
protection to achieve protection for microwave links in two polarization directions.
At an XPIC site with 1+1 protection, XPIC is configured within each RTN 320 and the two
RTN 320s are configured in a 1+1 HSB protection group through cascade ports. In the 1+1
HSB protection group, two RTN 320s are mounted to the same hybrid coupler, and two
extended ODUs are mounted to another hybrid coupler. The hybrid couplers in the vertical
and horizontal polarization directions are connected to a dual-polarized antenna using
accessories (split mounting).
NOTE
At an XPIC site with 1+1 protection, when RTN 320s work with hybrid couplers, two RTN 320s can be
mounted to the same hybrid coupler, but an RTN 320 and an ODU cannot.

Generally, PLA or EPLA is configured for the RTN 320s. In this manner, two microwave
links are aggregated to form a high-bandwidth logical Ethernet channel, and load sharing or
protection is implemented for the microwave links.
Two service access modes are available for an XPIC site with 1+1 protection: optical splitter
mode and LAG mode.

Optical Splitter Mode


An optical splitter is used to split one channel of optical signals into multiple channels. An
optical splitter receives GE optical signals, splits them into two channels, and transmits one
channel to the main RTN 320 and the other channel to the standby RTN 320. A GE cable is
used as a 1+1 cascade cable to connect GE ports of the main and standby RTN 320s. The
main and standby RTN 320s exchange protection protocol and DCN information over the 1+1
cascade cable. See Figure 1-11.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-11 XPIC site with 1+1 protection (optical splitter mode)

LAG Mode
Two RTN 320s configured with XPIC can work with an OptiX RTN 900 or an LACP-
supporting UNI-side device to implement 1+1 protection, which improves the reliability of
microwave links in each polarization direction. A GE cable is used as a 1+1 cascade cable to
connect GE ports of the main and standby RTN 320s. The main and standby RTN 320s
exchange protection protocol and DCN information over the 1+1 cascade cable. See Figure
1-12.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-12 XPIC site with 1+1 protection (LAG mode)

1.4.6 MIMO Site Configuration


A multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) site configuration is a special N+0 (N = 2 or 4) site
configuration. A MIMO site configuration provides multiple microwave links operating at the
same frequency in the same RF direction.

MIMO configurations are available in three types: intra-NE 2x2 MIMO, inter-NE 2x2 MIMO,
and 4x4 MIMO.

A 2x2 MIMO site configuration uses two single-polarized antennas with the same
polarization direction and provides two microwave links with the same polarization direction.
The RTN 320s or ODUs can be directly mounted on antennas or connected to antennas
through accessories (split mounting).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-13 Typical intra-NE 2x2 MIMO site configuration

To form an inter-NE 2x2 MIMO site configuration, two RTN 320s are cascaded through their
MIMO ports using two outdoor optical fibers of the same length. One fiber connects ports
MIMO1, and the other fiber connects ports MIMO2.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-14 Typical inter-NE 2x2 MIMO site configuration

To form a 4x4 MIMO site configuration, two RTN 320s are cascaded through their MIMO
ports and provide two microwave links in the vertical polarization direction and two
microwave links in the horizontal polarization direction.
To form a 4x4 MIMO site configuration, two RTN 320s are cascaded through their MIMO
ports using two outdoor optical fibers of the same length. One fiber connects ports MIMO1,
and the other fiber connects ports MIMO2.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-15 Typical 4x4 MIMO site configuration

Generally, RTN 320s at a MIMO site are configured in a PLA or an EPLA group. In this
manner, multiple microwave links are aggregated as a high-bandwidth logical Ethernet
channel, and load sharing or protection is implemented for the microwave links.

1.4.7 3+0/4+0 Site


A 3+0/4+0 site provides three or four microwave links in the same direction.
Through the cascade EPLA, the RTN 320 can provide three or four microwave links in the
same direction. These microwave links are aggregated to form a high-bandwidth logical
Ethernet channel, and load sharing or protection is implemented for the microwave links. At a
3+0/4+0 site, three or four frequencies are usually required. If XPIC is used, only two
frequencies are required.The RTN 320 is connected to an ODU using an IF cable. Two RTN
320s or ODUs in the same polarization direction or one RTN 320 and one ODU in the same
polarization direction are mounted to the same hybrid coupler for RF signal combination. The
hybrid couplers in the vertical and horizontal polarization directions are connected to a dual-
polarized antenna using accessories (split mounting).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Three service access modes are available for a 3+0/4+0 site: single NE-based access mode,
optical splitter mode, and LAG mode.

Single NE-based Access Mode


In this mode, the main RTN 320 receives/transmits services. This mode provides protection
for microwave links but not for equipment. See Figure 1-16.

Figure 1-16 3+0/4+0 site (single NE-based access mode)(non-XPIC)

A 3+0/4+0 site uses three or four frequencies without XPIC enabled and two frequencies with
XPIC enabled. In this example, four frequencies are used. If XPIC is enabled, ODU (1)
connects to an IF port on RTN 320 (2), and ODU (2) connects to an IF port on RTN 320 (1).
See Figure 1-16. Connections in optical splitter mode and LAG mode are the same as those in
single NE-based access mode.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-17 3+0/4+0 site (single NE-based access mode)(XPIC)

Optical Splitter Mode


In this mode, an optical splitter receives GE optical signals, splits them into two channels, and
transmits one channel to the main RTN 320 and the other channel to the standby RTN 320.
This mode provides protection for microwave links and equipment. In normal cases, the
service optical port of the standby RTN 320 does not transmit optical signals. If the main RTN
320 fails, the standby RTN 320 activates its optical port for service access. See Figure 1-18.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-18 3+0/4+0 site (optical splitter mode)

LAG Mode
In this mode, an OptiX RTN 900 IDU or LACP-supporting UNI-side device provides service
access and is configured with a static LAG. The static LAG and the E-LAG configured on the
main and standby RTN 320s can cooperate to implement protection switching for both
equipment and access links. See Figure 1-19.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-19 3+0/4+0 site (LAG mode)

1.4.8 Multi-direction Site


A multi-direction site provides multiple microwave links. The RTN 320 can provide
microwave links in two directions, so it can support 2x(1+0) sites.
At a 2x(1+0) site, a single-polarized antenna is used. Depending on antenna specifications,
The RTN 320 or an extended ODU can be directly mounted on an antenna (direct mounting)
or connected to an antenna using accessories (split mounting). The extended ODU is
connected to the RTN 320 using an IF cable. The following figure uses direct mounting as an
example to illustrate the typical configurations of a 2x(1+0) site.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 1 Product Introduction

Figure 1-20 Typical configurations of a 2x(1+0) site (direct mounting)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

2 Functions and Features

About This Chapter

RTN 320 provides two microwave links and various functions and features. It provides high-
quality high-efficient microwave links for transmitting Ethernet service from base stations.

2.1 Adaptive Modulation


Adaptive modulation (AM) technology automatically adjusts the modulation scheme based on
channel quality.
2.2 Cross-Polarization Interference Cancellation
Cross-polarization interference cancellation (XPIC) technology is used with co-channel dual-
polarization (CCDP) to double the microwave link capacity over the same channel.
2.3 Automatic Transmit Power Control
Automatic transmit power control (ATPC) is a method that uses received signal level (RSL)
of the receiver to adjust transmit power within the ATPC control range. This feature reduces
interference to neighboring systems and residual bit error rate (BER).
2.4 Power over Ethernet
The RTN 320 provides a P&E port through which the RTN 320 supports power over Ethernet
(P&E) as a powered device.
2.5 MPLS and PWE3 Functions
The RTN 320 supports Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) and pseudo wire emulation
edge-to-edge (PWE3) functions, therefore to implement carrier-class transmission of packet
services.
2.6 Ethernet Service Processing Capability
The RTN 320 can process native Ethernet services and PW-carried Ethernet services.
2.7 QoS
RTN 320 supports quality of service (QoS) functions, including traffic classification, traffic
policing, congestion avoidance, queue scheduling, and traffic shaping.
2.8 Clock Features
RTN 320's clock features meet clock transmission requirements of mobile communications
networks and offer a wide selection of clock protection mechanisms.
2.9 Protection

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

RTN 320 provides protection schemes for microwave links and Ethernet networks.
2.10 Network Management
RTN 320 supports multiple network management modes and provides comprehensive
management information exchange solutions.
2.11 Rapid Deployment
Various technologies are used to simplify RTN 320 installation deployment.
2.12 Easy Maintenance
RTN 320 supports contact-free maintenance, powerful equipment-level OAM functions, and
end-to-end TP-Assist.
2.13 Security Management
RTN 320 works with its network management system (NMS) to prevent unauthorized logins
and operations, ensuring equipment management security.
2.14 Anti-Theft Function
Device authentication is the process wherein the U2000 checks and authenticates a device
using a key to prevent any illegal device access.
2.15 Energy Saving
RTN 320 reduces the amount of energy consumed by using:
2.16 Environmental Protection
RTN 320 is designed to meet or exceed environmental protection requirements. The product
complies with restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) and waste from electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE) directives.

2.1 Adaptive Modulation


Adaptive modulation (AM) technology automatically adjusts the modulation scheme based on
channel quality.

Modulation Scheme and Air-interface Capacity


When AM technology is enabled and the same channel spacing is used, the available radio
service bandwidth varies according to the modulation scheme: the higher the modulation
efficiency, the higher the bandwidth of the transmitted services.
l When channel conditions are favorable (such as on sunny days), the equipment uses a
higher-order modulation scheme to transmit more user services. This improves
transmission efficiency and spectrum utilization of the system.
l When channel conditions are unfavorable (such as on stormy or foggy days), the
equipment uses a lower-order modulation scheme to ensure that higher-priority services
are transmitted first. If some lower-priority queues become congested due to a lack of
available bandwidth, some or all interfaces in these queues are discarded. This method
improves the anti-interference capabilities of a microwave link and ensures link
availability for high-priority services.

Modulation Scheme Shift and Service Priorities


For Ethernet services transmitted through IP microwave, priorities can be set based on the
service bandwidth and QoS policies corresponding to the current modulation scheme, to
control service transmission. The transmission of services with the highest priority is ensured.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

With the QoS technology, ethernet services are scheduled to queues with different priorities.
The services in different queues are transmitted to the microwave port after running the queue
scheduling algorithm. When modulation scheme switching occurs, certain queues may be
congested due to insufficient capacity at the air interface. As a result, certain services or all
the services in these queues are discarded.

Adaptive Modulation
Figure 2-1 shows how the modulation scheme shifts step by step according to weather
changes and how modulation schemes affect service throughput and reliability. In this
example, the modulation scheme of guaranteed AM capacity is QPSK Strong and the
modulation scheme of full AM capacity is 256QAM.

Figure 2-1 Adaptive modulation

256 256
QAM 128 64 16 64 128 QAM
QAM QAM 32 16
16 QAM 16 32
QAM QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM
QAM Strong
QPSK QPSK Strong QAM
Strong

Received signals Availability

256QAM 99.5%

128QAM 99.9%

64QAM 99.92%

32QAM 99.96%

16QAM 99.99%
Low-priority Low-priority
service service 99.995%
16QAM Strong

99.998%
QPSK
99.999%
QPSK Strong
High-priority service

Time

Characteristics
The AM technology used by RTN 320 has the following characteristics:
l Supports the superhigh-order modulation schemes 2048QAM and 4096QAM in addition
to the normal modulation schemes from QPSK Strong to 1024QAM Light. The
difference between strong/light modulation schemes and normal modulation schemes
lies in FEC encoding parameter settings. Strong modulation schemes have stronger error

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

correction capabilities, which mean higher receiver sensitivity but lower air interface
bandwidth. Light modulation schemes have poorer error correction capabilities, which
mean lower receiver sensitivity but higher air interface bandwidth.
l Can configure both the lowest-order modulation scheme (also called reference scheme or
modulation scheme of guaranteed AM capacity) and the highest-order modulation
scheme (also called nominal scheme or modulation scheme of full AM capacity).
l Can switch modulation schemes without changing the transmit frequency, receive
frequency, or channel spacing.
l Switches modulation schemes step-by-step.
l Features hitless switching. When the modulation scheme is downshifted, high-priority
services are not affected while low-priority services are discarded. Switching is
successful even when 100 dB/s channel fast fading occurs.

2.2 Cross-Polarization Interference Cancellation


Cross-polarization interference cancellation (XPIC) technology is used with co-channel dual-
polarization (CCDP) to double the microwave link capacity over the same channel.
CCDP transmission uses a horizontally polarized wave and a vertically polarized wave on a
single channel to transmit two channels of signals. Ideally, for CCDP transmission, there
should be no interference between the two orthogonal signals, even though they are of the
same frequency. In actual practice, despite the orthogonal nature of the two signals,
interference between the signals inevitably occurs due to cross-polarization discrimination
(XPD) of the antenna and channel degradation. To eliminate this interference, XPIC
technology is used to receive signals horizontally and vertically. The signals in the two
directions are then processed and the original signals are recovered from interfered signals.
Figure 2-2 shows the functional block diagram of a scenario where XPIC is used with CCDP.

Figure 2-2 CCDP channel configuration (with XPIC technology)


Cross
interference

f1
Service
Service H
Cancellation signal
V
Service
f1 Service

Cross
interference
Service signal
H: horizontal polarization direction
V: vertical polarization direction

The RTN 320 provides two microwave links. XPIC can be configured within the RTN 320.
The two IF units in the RTN 320 exchange XPIC signals.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

2.3 Automatic Transmit Power Control


Automatic transmit power control (ATPC) is a method that uses received signal level (RSL)
of the receiver to adjust transmit power within the ATPC control range. This feature reduces
interference to neighboring systems and residual bit error rate (BER).
Figure 2-3 shows the relationship between the RSL and the transmit signal level (TSL).

Figure 2-3 Relationship between the RSL and the TSL


TSL/RSL

TSL

Up-fading

Value halfway 2dB


between the ATPC RSL
upper and lower 2dB
thresholds
Down-fading

2.4 Power over Ethernet


The RTN 320 provides a P&E port through which the RTN 320 supports power over Ethernet
(P&E) as a powered device.

P&E Principles
In P&E mode, an outdoor network cable carries Ethernet service signals along with DC power
signals. This eliminates the need for laying an extra power cable and therefore simplifies
installation.
An RTN 320 can work with a power injector (PI) to implement P&E through its P&E port.
See Figure 2-4.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Figure 2-4 Working with a PI

P&E port

P&E port

Injecting
Power
injector

Power GE signal
signal

P&E Supply Distance


The P&E supply distance refers to the distance between the power sourcing equipment's P&E
output port and a powered device. See Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 P&E supply distance

Generally, the P&E supply distance depends on factors such as the powered device power
consumption, power sourcing equipment type, and the supply mode (forceful or negotiable
supply mode).

When an RTN power injector (PI) functions as the power sourcing equipment, it only couples
the GE signals and power signals, without regenerating or enhancing these signals. Therefore,

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

the length (L in Figure 2-5) of the network cable between the client-side device to the
powered device must not extend 100 meters.

2.5 MPLS and PWE3 Functions


The RTN 320 supports Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) and pseudo wire emulation
edge-to-edge (PWE3) functions, therefore to implement carrier-class transmission of packet
services.

Table 2-1 MPLS and PWE3 functions


Function Description

MPLS Setup mode Static label switched paths (LSPs)


Tunnel
Bearer mode l Ethernet port
l Microwave port

Protection scheme 1:1 MPLS tunnel APS

OAM l ITU-T Y.1710- and ITU-T Y.1711-


compliant MPLS OAM
l ITU-T Y.1731-compliant MPLS-TP LSP
OAM
l LSP ping and LSP traceroute

Maximum number of 512


tunnels

PWE3 ETH PWE3 Encapsulatio l Raw mode


services n mode l Tagged mode

Service type l E-Line


l E-Aggr
l E-LAN (VPLS)

Setup mode Static PWs

Control word Supported

Maximum number of PWs 512

Protection scheme l 1:1 PW APS


l 1:1 PW FPS

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Function Description

OAM l ITU-T Y.1710- and ITU-T Y.1711-


compliant PW OAM
l ITU-T Y.1731-compliant MPLS-TP PW
OAM
l Virtual circuit connectivity verification
(VCCV)
l PW ping and PW traceroute
l Intelligent service fault diagnosis

MS-PW Supported

Configurable bandwidth Supported

2.6 Ethernet Service Processing Capability


The RTN 320 can process native Ethernet services and PW-carried Ethernet services.

Table 2-2 Ethernet service processing capability


Item Description

Service port 5xGE service ports


l 2xGE electrical ports
l 2xGE SFP /electrical ports, FE SFP
optical module is also supported.
l 1xGE electrical port supporting power
over Ethernet
NOTE
If DC power is used, the P&E port is
unavailable.

Port attribute l The GE electrical port supports 10M


full-duplex, 100M full-duplex, 1000M
full-duplex, and auto-negotiation modes.
l The GE optical port supports 1000M
full-duplex and auto-negotiation modes.
l The FE optical port supports 100M full-
duplex and auto-negotiation modes.

Ethernet service type l Native Ethernet services: E-Line service


and E-LAN service
l PW-carried Ethernet services: E-Line
service, E-Aggr service, and E-LAN
(VPLS) service (VPLS standing for
virtual private LAN service)

Range of maximum frame length 1518 bytes to 9600 bytes

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Item Description

VLAN l Adds, deletes, and swaps VLAN tags


that comply with IEEE 802.1Q/P, and
forwards packets based on VLAN tags.
l Processes packets based on the port tag
attribute (Tag/Hybrid/Access).
l The VLAN ID ranges from 1 to 4094.

MAC address l The E-LAN service supports MAC


address self-learning in two learning
modes: SVL and IVL.
l Blacklist MAC addresses can be filtered.
l Static MAC address entries can be set.
l The capacity of the MAC address table
is 16 k (including static and blacklist
entries).
l The MAC address aging time is
configurable.

LLDP LLDP based on multicast addresses in


nearest bridge mode

Spanning tree Supports the MSTP protocol that adopts


only the common and internal spanning tree
(CIST). The MSTP protocol is equivalent to
the RSTP protocol.

Link aggregation group (LAG) LAGs consisting of Ethernet ports and of


microwave and Ethernet ports

PLA/EPLA l Intra-equipment PLA


l Intra-equipment EPLA and inter-
equipment EPLA

Ethernet ring protection switching (ERPS) Supports ITU-T G.8032v1/v2-compliant


protection for Ethernet services on a single-
ring or multi-ring network.

Link-state pass through (LPT) Supports simplified LPT. When a


microwave link fails, LPT automatically
disables the Ethernet ports associated with
the microwave link.

QoS/HQoS Supports QoS and HQoS. For details, see


2.7 QoS.

Traffic control Supports IEEE 802.3x-compliant traffic


control.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Item Description

ETH OAM l Supports IEEE 802.1ag- and IEEE


802.3ah-compliant ETH OAM.
l Supports ITU-T Y.1731-compliant
packet loss measurement, delay
measurement, and delay variation
measurement.

Microwave capacity reporting This function is supported when RTN 320 is


interconnected with ATN equipment. RTN
320 notifies ATN equipment of its air-
interface capacity by sending ITU-T Y.1731
packets so that the ATN equipment can
adjust traffic allocation on the entire
network based on the air-interface capacity
changes.

Ethernet performance monitoring l Supports IETF RFC 2819-compliant


remote network monitoring (RMON).
l Supports measurement of real-time and
historical traffic and bandwidth
utilization for ports.

Synchronous Ethernet Supported.

NOTE

l E-Line services are Ethernet private line services. The RTN 320 supports a maximum of 512 E-Line
services, including:
l Port-, port+VLAN-, and port+QinQ-based native E-Line services
l Port- and port+VLAN-based PW-carried E-Line services
l E-Aggr services are Ethernet aggregation services. The RTN 320 supports E-Aggr services from multiple
UNIs to one PW or from multiple PWs to one UNI. The RTN 320 supports a maximum of 128 E-Aggr
services.
l E-LAN services are Ethernet local area network (LAN) services.
l IEEE 802.1d bridge-, IEEE 802.1q bridge-, and IEEE 802.1ad bridge-based native E-LAN services.
The RTN 320 supports a maximum of eight E-LAN services.
l PW-carried E-LAN services, that is, VPLSs based on virtual switch instances (VSIs). The RTN 320
supports a maximum of eight VSIs and 1024 logical ports.

2.7 QoS
RTN 320 supports quality of service (QoS) functions, including traffic classification, traffic
policing, congestion avoidance, queue scheduling, and traffic shaping.
QoS provides different levels of service quality in certain aspects of services as required, such
as bandwidth, delay, jitter, and packet loss ratio. This ensures that the request and response of
a user or application reaches an expected quality level.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

QoS Functions

Table 2-3 QoS functions


Function Description

Simple traffic classification (DiffServ) l Supports four DiffServ (DS) domains.


l Maps Ethernet services into different
per-hop behaviors (PHBs) based on C-
VLAN priorities, S-VLAN priorities, IP
differentiated services code point
(DSCP) values, or MPLS experimental
bits (EXP) values.

Complex traffic classification Supports traffic classification by MAC


address, VLAN ID, VLAN priority, IP
address, DSCP value, protocol type, port
ID, or Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP) type at ports.

ACL Supports ACL based on complex traffic


classification.

Traffic policing Supports committed access rate (CAR)


based on complex traffic classification at
ports and supports the setting of the
committed information rate (CIR), peak
information rate (PIR), committed burst size
(CBS), and peak burst size (PBS).

Congestion avoidance l Supports tail drop at both microwave


ports and Ethernet ports.
l Supports weighted random early
detection (WRED) at both microwave
ports and Ethernet ports.

Queue scheduling l Supports eight priority scheduling


queues at both Ethernet ports and
microwave ports.
l Flexibly sets the queue scheduling
scheme for each Ethernet port and
microwave port. The queue scheduling
schemes include strict priority (SP),
weighted round robin (WRR), and SP
+WRR.

Traffic shaping l Supports traffic shaping for egress


queues and egress ports.
l Supports the setting of PIR in increments
of 64 kbit/s and the setting of PBS.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Function Description

HQoS l For QinQ NNIs, supports three levels of


queue scheduling for QinQ priority
queues, QinQ queues and egress ports,
and supports three levels of rate limiting
for QinQ queues, QinQ, and egress
ports.
l For UNIs, supports four levels of queue
scheduling for VUNI egress priority
queues, V-UNI egress queues, V-UNI
egress groups, and egress ports, and
supports four levels of rate limiting for
V-UNI egress queues, V-UNI egress,
VUNI egress groups, and egress ports.
l For MPLS NNIs, supports three levels of
queue scheduling for PWs, MPLS
tunnels, and egress ports, and supports
four levels of rate limiting for PW flow,
PWs, MPLS tunnels, and egress ports.

Figure 2-6 Typical QoS application


Packet switching
Ingress Egress

Congestion Queue traffic


Queue scheduling
avoidance shaping
Buffer queue
Simple traffic Threshold
Complex traffic Traffic
... ...

classification classification monitoring


DiffServ Flow
... ...

Forwarding Port shaping


...
... ...

Mapping
Token
... ... ... ... ... ...

bucket Scheduling Token


CAR bucket
...

CoS x
Drop
... ... ... ...
...

CoS z

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Figure 2-7 Typical HQoS application

2.8 Clock Features


RTN 320's clock features meet clock transmission requirements of mobile communications
networks and offer a wide selection of clock protection mechanisms.

Item Description

Clock working mode l Tracing


l Holdover
l Free-run

Clock source l Microwave link clock


l Synchronous Ethernet clock

Synchronization Status Message (SSM) Supported. SSM information can be


protocol or extended SSM protocol transmitted in the following modes:
l Microwave link
l Synchronous Ethernet

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Item Description

IEEE 1588v2 time synchronization Supports the following four modes:


l OC
l TC
l BC
l TC+BC

ITU-T G.8275.1 T-BC

2.9 Protection
RTN 320 provides protection schemes for microwave links and Ethernet networks.

Table 2-4 Protection schemes


Protection Object Protection Scheme

Microwave link 1+1 hot standby (HSB), 1+1


frequency diversity (FD), or
1+1 space diversity (SD),
which provides microwave
link-level protection

XPIC with 1+1 HSB


protection (NEs cascaded),
which provides microwave
link-level protection and
equipment-level protection.

Ethernet services Physical link aggregation


(PLA) or 2+0 enhanced
physical link aggregation
(EPLA), which provides
microwave link-level
protection

3+0/4+0 EPLA (NEs


cascaded) which provides
microwave link-level
protection and equipment-
level protection

Link aggregation group


(LAG) for Ethernet links
and microwave links

Ethernet network Ethernet ring protection


switching (ERPS) for
Ethernet links and
microwave links

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Protection Object Protection Scheme

MSTP protection for


Ethernet links and
microwave links

L2VPN MPLS MPLS tunnel 1:1 protection

PW PW 1:1 APS/FPS

2.10 Network Management


RTN 320 supports multiple network management modes and provides comprehensive
management information exchange solutions.

Network Management Modes


RTN 320 supports the following functions:
l Use the iManager U2000 Web LCT to manage one local NE or one remote NE on a per-
NE basis.
l Use the iManager U2000 to manage Huawei OptiX RTN NEs and Huawei optical
transmission products in a centralized manner. The iManager U2000 is also able to
manage transport networks in a unified manner.
l Use the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to query and set multiple types
of general information and service of NEs (That is, SNMP GET/SET are supported.)
l Use the web-based network management system to log in to and manage NEs. The PC
can connect to an NE using network cables or through WLAN. On a browser (IE 9,
Chrome, or Firefox), you can enter the IP address of an NE to open the NE management
page. When a network cable is used to connect to an NE, you can also access and
manage the corresponding remote NE.

Network Management Information Exchange Solutions

Table 2-5 DCN information exchange schemes


Item Specifications

DCC channel Microwave port Three Huawei-defined DCC


bytes in microwave frames

Inband DCN Microwave link All inband DCN channels


are marked by one VLAN
ID. The bandwidth of each
inband DCN channel is
configurable.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Item Specifications

Ethernet port All inband DCN channels


are marked by one VLAN
ID. The bandwidth of each
inband DCN channel is
configurable.
NOTE
If Ethernet ports are used for
1+1 cascading, they also
transmit inband DCN packets
for network management.

Network management system (NMS) port One NMS port


An Ethernet service
electrical port can be
configured as an NMS port.

Network management HWECC protocol Supported


protocol
IP protocol Supported

L2DCN protocol Supported

2.11 Rapid Deployment


Various technologies are used to simplify RTN 320 installation deployment.
For rapid deployment, design of RTN 320 considers the equipment form, plan, installation,
and commissioning factors:
l RTN 320 is a full-outdoor device. Compact and light-weight, the device can be installed
on a tower, achieving zero footprint installation.
l Supports DC and power over Ethernet. The RTN 320 can work with a specified power
sourcing equipment to receive both service signals and power signals.
l Manages NEs on a per-NE basis without direction connections through a WLAN
module.

2.12 Easy Maintenance


RTN 320 supports contact-free maintenance, powerful equipment-level OAM functions, and
end-to-end TP-Assist.

2.12.1 Contact-Free Maintenance


RTN 320 supports contact-free maintenance with its WLAN module.
The Web LCT can use WLAN to connect to a local RTN 320 with a WLAN module.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Figure 2-8 Contact-free maintenance

WLAN module

Web LCT

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Figure 2-9 Access process through WLAN

The NE broadcasts an SSID.


(Optional)

The laptop searches for and selects


an SSID.

The NE automatically allocates an


IP access to the laptop.

The user enters a WLAN password


and accesses the network.

After passing authentication, the laptop


connects to the network.

The Web LCT logs in to the NE using


SSL and then performs management
and query operations.

After connecting to a local NE through WLAN, the Web LCT can be used to configure the
NE, and query NE alarms, and the Web LCT can also be used to query performance and logs,
facilitating commissioning and maintenance.

2.12.2 Equipment-Level OAM


RTN 320 provides various operation, administration and maintenance (OAM) functions that
effectively reduce equipment maintenance costs.
Table 2-6 describes the OAM functions supported by RTN 320.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Table 2-6 Equipment-level OAM functions


Function Description

Management and monitoring l Supports unified management of microwave


transmission networks and optical transmission
networks, and end-to-end service creation and
management using the iManager U2000-T.
l Reports various alarms and performance events.
l Supports RMON performance events.
l Measures real-time and historical traffic and
bandwidth utilization for ports.
l Measures congestion-caused packet loss
information by traffic class and egress queue for
ports.
l Allows users to observe and analyze Ethernet
packets over a port through port mirroring.
l Captures headers of specified Ethernet packets.
l Queries equipment temperatures.
l Monitors key radio transmission performance
indicators, such as the microwave transmit power,
receive power, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), and air-
interface bit error rate (BER), and displays them
graphically.
l Supports frequency scanning to help identify co-
channel interference and adjacent-channel
interference.
l Collects one-click fault diagnosis information.
l Supports the connection of the Web LCT to the
equipment using WLAN during equipment
commissioning or maintenance.
l Supports query of site information on the U2000,
such as the site type, power supply mode, and
tower height, as well as exportation of such
information.

Diagnosis tests l Supports pseudo random binary sequence (PRBS)


tests at microwave ports.
l Simulates Ethernet meters to test the packet loss
ratio, delay, and throughput.
l Supports various loopback functions at service
ports and microwave ports.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Function Description

Packet service OAM l Supports IEEE 802.1ag- and IEEE 802.3ah-


compliant ETH OAM.
l Supports ITU-T Y.1731-compliant packet loss
measurement, delay measurement, and delay
variation measurement.
l Supports ITU Y.1711-compliant MPLS OAM and
LSP ping/traceroute.
l Supports ITU Y.1711-compliant PW OAM and
PW ping/traceroute.
l Supports ITU Y.1731-compliant MPLS-TP LSP
OAM and PW OAM.
l Supports IETF RFC 5357-compliant TWAMP
Light. Supports serving as the reflector to respond
to test packets from the initiator.

Database management l Backs up and restores NE databases remotely


using the iManager U2000-T.
l Backs up and restores NE data using USB flash
drives.
l Backs up and restores databases of peer NEs on
microwave links.

Software management l Supports remote loading of NE software and data


using the iManager U2000-T and provides a
complete NE upgrade solution, allowing rapid
upgrades of the entire network.
l Upgrades NE software using USB flash drives.
l Supports the not-stop forwarding (NSF) function,
which prevents Ethernet services from being
interrupted by warm NE software resets.
l Supports hot patches so that you can upgrade
software without interrupting services.
l Supports software version rollback so that original
system services are restored in case of software
upgrade failures.

2.12.3 Packet OAM (TP-Assist)


In compliance with the network-centered, service-centered, and intelligent packet network
O&M trend, Huawei promotes a brand new O&M system based on the TP-Assist solution.
The O&M system covers the entire O&M process from network planning to fault diagnosis.
Table 2-7 describes the packet OAM functions supported by RTN 320.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Table 2-7 Functions of the TP-Assist O&M system


OAM Stage Subitem Description

End-to-end service End-to-end packet service l Supports end-to-end


configuration configuration configuration of Native
E-Line/E-LAN services.
l Supports end-to-end
configuration of MPLS
tunnel and ETH PWE3.

Automatic deployment of l Automatically configures


alarm management end-to-end ETH OAM
during Native Ethernet
service configuration and
supports connectivity
tests and alarm reporting
l Automatically configures
end-to-end MPLS-TP
OAM during MPLS
tunnel service
configuration and
supports connectivity
tests and alarm reporting.
l Automatically configures
end-to-end ETH-OAM
during ETH PWE3
service configuration and
supports connectivity
tests and alarm reporting.

Acceptance tests Service connectivity tests l Supports one-click


connectivity test of
Native E-Line and E-
LAN services.
l Supports one-click
connectivity test of the
E-Line services carried
by MPLS tunnels.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

OAM Stage Subitem Description

Service performance tests l Supports one-click test


on packet loss, delay, and
delay variation of Native
E-Line and E-LAN
services.
l Supports one-click test
on packet loss, delay, and
delay variation of the E-
Line services carried by
MPLS tunnels.
l Simulates Ethernet
meters to test packet
loss, delay, and
throughput.
NOTE
For a load-sharing LAG,
an instrument-free
throughput test measures
only the single-link
throughput, not the LAG-
group throughput.
l Supports IP packet
coloring and statistics
collection.

Fault locating Port IP ping l Supports local ping at


UNI ports.
l Supports remote ping at
UNI ports.

Port monitoring l Reports alarms


indicating Ethernet
signal loss.
l Reports alarms
indicating Ethernet port
auto-negotiation failures
(half-duplex alarm).

Service loopback detecting l Detects loopbacks in E-


Line services.
l Automatically disables
the service ports
involved in a loop.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

OAM Stage Subitem Description

Intelligent fault diagnosis l Checks the integrity of


hardware, software, and
configuration along a
service path.
l Detects zero traffic and
packet loss along a
service path.

Performance statistics l Measures real-time and


historical performance
events for Ports, DS
domains, flows, VLANs,
UNI-side services, PWs,
tunnel, and egress
queues.
l Measures packet loss due
to congestion for flows,
PWs bandwidth, and
egress queues.

Performance monitoring l Reports traffic threshold-


crossing alarms by DS
domain, VLAN, V-UNI,
PW, and egress queue.
l Reports port bandwidth
utilization threshold-
crossing alarms.
l Reports packet loss
threshold-crossing
alarms for flows, PWs
bandwidth, and egress
queues.
l Reports zero-traffic
alarms for ports, DS
domains, flows, VLANs,
UNI-side services, PWs,
and egress queues.

2.13 Security Management


RTN 320 works with its network management system (NMS) to prevent unauthorized logins
and operations, ensuring equipment management security.

Overview of Hardware Security


RTN 320 uses the following hardware security measures:

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

l Microwave ports: The forward error correction (FEC) encoding mode is adopted and the
adaptive time-domain equalizer for baseband signals is used. This enables the microwave
ports to withstand strong interference. An interceptor cannot restore the content in a data
frame if coding details and service configurations are not obtained.
l Modular design: Control units are separated from service units, and service units are
separated from each other. In this manner, a fault on any unit can be isolated, minimizing
the impact of the fault on other units in the system.
l CPU flow control: The data flow sent to the CPU for processing is classified and
controlled to prevent CPU resources from being exhausted by a large number of packets.
This ensures that the CPU operates properly under attacks.
l Management port control: The protective cover for the maintenance compartment is kept
closed when the management port is not being used, preventing unauthorized access.

Overview of Software Security


RTN 320 processes two types of data: O&M data and service data. The two types of data are
transmitted over independent paths and do not affect each other. This enables services running
on an RTN 320 to be processed on two planes:
l Management plane
The management plane provides access to the required equipment and management
functions, such as managing accounts and passwords, communication protocols, and
alarm reporting. Security features on the management plane implement secure access,
integrated security management, and all-round security audits.
l Data plane
The data plane processes the service data flow entering the equipment and forwards
service packets according to the forwarding table. Security features on the data plane
ensure confidentiality and integration of user data by preventing malicious theft,
modification, and removal of user service packets. These features ensure reliable data
forwarding by protecting forwarding entries against malicious attacks and falsification.

Table 2-8 describes security functions provided by RTN 320.

Table 2-8 Security functions

Plane Function Description

Management plane Account and password Manages and stores


management maintenance accounts and
passwords.

Local authentication and Authenticates and authorizes


authorization accounts.

RADIUS authentication and Authenticates and authorizes


authorization remote accounts in a
centralized manner to
reduce maintenance costs.

Security log Records events related to


account management.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Plane Function Description

Operation log Records non-query


operations.

Syslog management Provides a standard solution


to offline storage of logs,
addressing insufficient
storage space.

TCP/IP attack defense Provides defense against


TCP/IP attacks, such as
error IP packet attacks,
Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) ping and
Jolt attacks, and DoS
attacks.

Access control list Provides access control lists


based on IP addresses and
port IDs.

SSL/TLS encryption Uses the SSL3.0 and


communication (SSL is the TLS1.0\1.1\1.2 protocols to
abbreviated form of Secure establish an encryption
Sockets Layer, and TLS is channel based on a security
the abbreviated form of certificate.
Transport Layer Security.)

Secure File Transfer Provides SFTP services.


Protocol (SFTP)

Open Shortest Path First Uses the OSPFv2 protocol


(OSPF) for standard MD5
authentication.

Network Time Protocol Uses the NTPv3 protocol for


(NTP) MD5 authentication and
permission control.

Simple Network Uses the SNMPv3 protocol


Management Protocol for authentication and data
(SNMP) encryption.

USB flash drive connection Supports connection of only


control authorized USB flash drives
based on a certificate file.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

Plane Function Description

WLAN connection control l Supports access through


a WLAN password and
WLAN encryption.
l Supports the hiding of
SSIDs.
l Supports the setting of
WLAN access periods.
l Allows WLAN access
control by a MAC
address whitelist.

Data plane Flow control Controls traffic at ports.


Broadcast packets are
suppressed. Unknown
unicast packets and
multicast packets are
discarded. QoS is used to
control service traffic.

Discarding of incorrect Discards incorrect packets,


packets such as an Ethernet packet
shorter than 64 bytes.

Loop prevention Detects self-loops at service


ports and blocks self-looped
ports.

Access control of Layer 2 Filters static MAC addresses


services in the static MAC address
table, provides a blacklist,
enables and disables the
MAC address learning
function, and filters packets
based on traffic
classification.

Service separation Includes Layer 2 logical


separation, split horizon,
and physical path
separation.

2.14 Anti-Theft Function


Device authentication is the process wherein the U2000 checks and authenticates a device
using a key to prevent any illegal device access.
A user can create its own public and private keys on the U2000, loads the public key to a
device, and uses the private key for the NMS to authenticate the device. Once being loaded

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

with a public key, the device starts its anti-theft control function. The function stayed enabled
until the NMS uses its private key to unlock the device.

Anti-Theft Mechanism
l When data communication network (DCN) is available, you can manage the device anti-
theft function (that is, enable or disable the function) in an online manner by using the
U2000.
l When DCN is unavailable, you can manage the device anti-theft function (for example,
configure the warehouse-device anti-theft function) in an offline manner by using the
web LCT.
l For the main devices, two anti-theft measures are available: disallowing any
modification to the device configurations and restricting the air-interface bandwidth to 7
Mbit/s.
– After being stolen, a main device can continue to function for 7 days (the duration
can be specified to another value) and then its air-interface bandwidth will be
restricted to 7 Mbit/s, with DCN communication still available.
– After becoming unreachable to the U2000, a main device can continue to function
for 7 days, and then its air-interface bandwidth will be restricted to 7 Mbit/s. Once
its DCN communication recovers, its services automatically recover.
l Once an ODU is stolen, its services will be interrupted for half an hour every 8 hours,
and its DCN communication is available when its services are not interrupted.
NOTE

l A device private key cannot be exported from the U2000, thereby ensuring the safety of the device
anti-theft function.
l Before deploying the device anti-theft function, ensure that two sets of U2000 are deployed at two
different places for mutual backup. If only one set of U2000 is deployed, all the devices will enter
the "stolen" state once the U2000 fails, interrupting all the services on the network.

2.15 Energy Saving


RTN 320 reduces the amount of energy consumed by using:

l Streamlined design with minimum components


l High-efficiency power modules
l Low-power components

2.16 Environmental Protection


RTN 320 is designed to meet or exceed environmental protection requirements. The product
complies with restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) and waste from electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE) directives.

l RTN 320 complies with compulsory packing restrictions that limit the size of the
package containing the equipment and accessories to three times that of the equipment
dimensions.
l The product is designed for easy unpacking. In addition, all hazardous substances
contained in the package can decompose quickly.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 2 Functions and Features

l Every plastic component that weighs over 25 g is labeled according to the standards of
ISO 11469 and ISO 1043-1 to ISO 1043-4. All components and packages of the
equipment are provided with standard labels for recycling.
l Plugs and connectors are easy to find and can be operated using standard tools.
l All the accompanying materials (such as labels) are easy to remove. Certain types of
identifying information (such as silkscreens) are printed on the chassis.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

3 Product Structure

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the system architecture, service signal processing flow, external ports,
and indicator status.

3.1 System Architecture


The RTN 320 has only one logical board, which is displayed as DMC5 on the NMS and
occupies logical slot 1.
3.2 Service Signal Processing Flow
This section describes how the functional units of the RTN 320 process one channel of GE
signals.
3.3 Ports
The RTN 320 provides multiple service ports, management and maintenance ports, and one
DC port.
3.4 Indicators
The RTN 320 has service port indicators, one USB port indicator, and one system and link
status indicator (STAT).
3.5 Labels
Labels such as the product nameplate, ESD protection label, radiation warning label, and high
temperature warning label are attached to a chassis. When performing operations, adhere to
warnings or instructions on the labels to prevent any personal injury or damage to the
equipment.

3.1 System Architecture


The RTN 320 has only one logical board, which is displayed as DMC5 on the NMS and
occupies logical slot 1.
This board is divided into multiple functional units based on logical functions.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

System Block Diagram

Figure 3-1 RTN 320 system block diagram


OptiX RTN 320

DMC5
-48 V DC Supplies power
Power
unit to other units
MIMO signals
Antenna

IF subsystem Extended
1 ODU

P&E signals Ethernet


Service service HSM/
interface switching PLA XPIC signals
unit unit signals
FE/GE signals
RF Antenna
IF subsystem processing
2 unit
MIMO signals

Control signals

Clock
Clock signals to
signals other units
Clock unit

USB flash
drive or WLAN USB port
module System
control unit

NMS port RJ45 port

RSSI test level signals


RSSI port

The IF subsystem consists of multiple functional units, as shown in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2 IF subsystem block diagram

ODU control
SMODEM unit
signals

Combination
-48 V DC IF signals
unit
Ethernet IF processing
service MUX unit Modem unit
unit
signals

HSM/PLA signals MIMO signals XPIC signals

NOTE
IF subsystem 2 does not need to transmit -48 V power signals or control signals to the integrated RF unit
through a hybrid coupler.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Functional Units
Functional Unit Description

Service interface unit l Receives/Transmits Ethernet service signals.


l Converts serial Ethernet service signals into parallel
Ethernet service signals.
l Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping, and
cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
l Transmits power signals to the power unit.

Ethernet service switching l Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet service signals.


unit l Performs quality of service (QoS) processing for
Ethernet frames.
l Grooms services and processes protocols.

IF subsystem MUX unit l Maps/Demaps service signals to/from microwave frame


signals.
l Extracts overhead bytes from microwave frames and
transmits the overhead bytes to the system control unit.
l Exchanges hitless switch mode (HSM) signals with the
other MUX unit in the 1+1 protection group if 1+1
protection is configured.

Modem unit l Modulates and demodulates digital signals.


l Uses MIMO signals to perform phase shifting on digital
IF signals (if the MIMO function is configured).
l Performs FEC encoding and decoding.

IF l Uses XPIC signals to cancel cross polarization


processing interference in IF signals between two IF subsystems (if
unit XPIC is configured).
l Converts between digital modulated signals and analog
IF signals.

SMODEM l Modulates and demodulates ODU control signals.


unit l Transmits ODU control signals between the ODU and
system control unit.

Combination l In the transmit direction, combines ODU control


unit signals, IF service signals, and -48 V power signals, and
transmits the combined signals to the IF cable.
l In the receive direction, separates ODU control signals
and IF service signals from the combined signals.

RF processing unit/ODU l In the transmit direction, performs signal frequency


conversion and power amplification and sends RF
signals to antennas.
l In the receive direction, separates, filters, down-
converts, and amplifies RF signals, and then converts
the RF signals into 140 MHz analog IF signals.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Functional Unit Description

System control unit l Configures and manages the system.


l Collects alarms and monitors performance.
l Reads data from a USB flash drive through the USB
port for ease of initial configuration and software
upgrade.
l Processes WLAN access signals.
l If a cross-NE 1+1 protection group is configured, the
system control units of the main and standby NEs
exchange DCN messages and 1+1 control protocol
messages through 1+1 cascade ports (any GE port can
function as a cascade port).

Clock unit l Traces the specified clock source. If a 1+1 protection


group is configured, the standby NE synchronizes with
the clock on the main NE through the 1+1 cascade port.
l Provides clock signals required by the system.

Power unit l Receives -48 V DC power signals.


l Processes power over Ethernet signals.
l Performs DC/DC power conversion and supplies power
to other units.

3.2 Service Signal Processing Flow


This section describes how the functional units of the RTN 320 process one channel of GE
signals.

Figure 3-3 Signal processing flow


OptiX RTN 320

IF subsystem

Baseband processing unit Antenna


FE/GE signal IF signal Integrated
Ethernet Ethernet IF RF signal
MUX Modem ODU/
access switching processi
unit unit Extended
unit unit ng unit
ODU

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Table 3-1 Signal processing in the transmit direction


N Functional Unit Signal Processing Description
o.

1 Ethernet access unit l Receives/Transmits FE/GE signals.


l Performs decoding.
l Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping, and
CRC code processing.
l Extracts Ethernet frames from Ethernet service signals.

2 Ethernet switching l Performs L2 protocol processing and QoS processing on


unit Ethernet frames.
l Transmits processed service signals to the baseband
processing unit.

3 Baseband processing l Receives service signals from the Ethernet switching


unit unit.
l Combines Ethernet service signals and microwave frame
overheads into microwave frames.
l Performs FEC coding.
l Selects a proper modulation scheme based on channel
quality.
l Performs signal modulation and digital/analog
conversion.
l Transmits modulated signals to the IF processing unit.

4 IF processing unit l Performs digital/analog conversion.


l Performs analog modulation.
l The IF processing unit connected to an extended ODU
combines analog IF signals and ODU O&M signals.
l Filters signals.
l Amplifies signals.
l The IF processing unit connected to an extended ODU
transmits the amplified signals and -48 V power signals
to the extended ODU through an IF cable.

5 Integrated ODU/ l Converts modulated signals into RF signals through up-


Extended ODU conversion and amplification.
l Transmits RF signals to the antenna through a
waveguide.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Table 3-2 Signal processing in the receive direction


N Functional Unit Signal Processing Description
o.

1 Integrated ODU/ l Isolates and filters RF signals.


Extended ODU l Converts RF signals into 140 MHz modulated signals
through down-conversion and amplification.
l Transmits the modulated signals to the baseband
processing unit.

2 Baseband processing l Performs analog/digital conversion for signals.


unit l Demodulates signals.
l Performs FEC decoding.
l Extracts overheads and Ethernet frames from microwave
frames.
l Transmits Ethernet frames to the Ethernet switching unit.

3 Ethernet switching l Receives Ethernet frames from the baseband processing


unit unit.
l Processes Ethernet frames based on the service
configuration and L2 protocol.
l Transmits Ethernet services to the Ethernet access unit.

4 Ethernet access unit Performs parallel/serial conversion for Ethernet services and
transmits them.

3.3 Ports
The RTN 320 provides multiple service ports, management and maintenance ports, and one
DC port.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Port Positions

Figure 3-4 Port position diagram

Table 3-3 Port description


No. Port Description Connector Type

1 GE1(e) l GE electrical port 1 RJ45 connector


l 1+1 cascade port

2 NMS/GE2(e) l GE electrical port 2 RJ45 connector


l NMS port
l 1+1 cascade port
NOTE
The NMS/GE2(e) port is an
NMS port by default. It can
be configured as a GE
service electrical port using
the NMS.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

No. Port Description Connector Type

3 GE3(o) l Ethernet port 3 SFP module:


l EPLA cascade port l GE service port:
l 1+1 cascade port supports 100BASE-
LX, 1000BASE-TX,
1000base-LX and
1000base-SX.
NOTE
When GE electrical
modules are used, if the
network cable length is
greater than or equal to
2 m, lighting arresters
must be provided for
signals to protect
devices.
l EPLA cascade port:
supports multi-rate
(highest rate: 4.25
Gbit/s) SFP optical
modules.
l Super Dual Band
cascade port: supports
GE/2.5GE SFP
modules.
l 1+1 cascade port:
supports 1000base-LX
and 1000base-SX.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

No. Port Description Connector Type

4 COMBO Versatile composite port: SFP module:


l Ethernet port l GE service port:
l EPLA cascade port (It supports 100BASE-
is recommended that LX, 1000BASE-TX,
this port be used as a 1000base-LX and
cascade port.) 1000base-SX.
NOTE
l 1+1 cascade port
When GE electrical
modules are used, if the
network cable length is
greater than or equal to
2 m, lighting arresters
must be provided for
signals to protect
devices.
l EPLA cascade port:
supports multi-rate
(highest rate: 4.25
Gbit/s) SFP optical
modules.
l Super Dual Band
cascade port: supports
GE/2.5GE SFP
modules.
l 1+1 cascade port:
supports 1000base-LX
and 1000base-SX.

5 MIMO1–MIMO2 MIMO port Supports multi-rate


At an inter-NE MIMO (highest rate: 4.25 Gbit/s)
site, two NEs are SFP optical modules.
connected to each other
through their MIMO
ports.

6 P&E l Power over Ethernet RJ45 connector


port
l 1+1 cascade port
NOTE
When DC power is used,
the P&E port is
unavailable.

7 -48 V DC power port l RTN (+): power Termi-blok stacking


ground connector, 2-pin
l NEG (-): -48 V

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

No. Port Description Connector Type

8 USB port l A USB flash drive can USB connector


be inserted into the
USB port to back up
NE data, or upgrade
software.
l A WLAN module can
be inserted into the
USB port. Then, the
Web LCT can access
the RTN 320 through
WLAN.

9 NMS NMS port RJ45 connector

10 IF1 IF ports, which are Type-N (female)


connected to ODUs using
IF cables.
NOTE
The IF ports of the
integrated ODU are
enabled for the RTN 320 by
default. You are advised to
preferentially use the
integrated ODU.

11 RSSI port Use a multimeter to test TNC connector (female)


the voltage of the RSSI
port to calculate the
received signal level of
the ODU integrated in the
RTN 320.

12 Protection ground point - M5 screw

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

No. Port Description Connector Type

13 Antenna port Connected to an antenna, l 153IEC-R84, can be


hybrid coupler, or interconnected with
flexible waveguide the PBR84 (7/8 GHz
frequency band)
l 153IEC-R100, can be
interconnected with
the PBR100 (11 GHz
frequency band)
l 153IEC-R120, can be
interconnected with
the PBR120 (13 GHz
frequency band)
l 153IEC-R140, can be
interconnected with
the PBR140 (15 GHz
frequency band)
l 153IEC-R220, which
can be connected to a
PBR220 (used at the
frequency band 18
GHz, 23 GHz or 26
GHz)
l 154IEC-R320, which
can be connected to a
PBR320 (used at the
frequency band 28
GHz,32 GHz or 38
GHz)

GE Electrical Port
GE1 and GE2 are fixed electrical ports. They support FE/GE electrical signals and RJ45
connectors.

Figure 3-5 Front view of an RJ45 connector

1 2 3 4 56 7 8

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

GE electrical ports support the medium dependent interface (MDI), medium dependent
interface crossover (MDI-X), and auto-MDI/MDI-X modes. Table 3-4 and Table 3-5 provide
the pin assignments for GE electrical ports in different modes.

Table 3-4 Pin assignments (MDI mode)


Pin No. 10/100BASE-T(X) 1000BASE-T

Signal Function Signal Function

1 TX+ Transmitting BIDA+ Bidirectional


data (+) data wire A (+)

2 TX- Transmitting BIDA- Bidirectional


data (-) data wire A (-)

3 RX+ Receiving data BIDB+ Bidirectional


(+) data wire B (+)

4 Undefined - BIDC+ Bidirectional


data wire C (+)

5 Undefined - BIDC- Bidirectional


data wire C (-)

6 RX- Receiving data BIDB- Bidirectional


(-) data wire B (-)

7 Undefined - BIDD+ Bidirectional


data wire D (+)

8 Undefined - BIDD- Bidirectional


data wire D (-)

Table 3-5 Pin assignments (MDI-X mode)


Pin No. 10/100BASE-T(X) 1000BASE-T

Signal Function Signal Function

1 RX+ Receiving data BIDB+ Bidirectional


(+) data wire B (+)

2 RX- Receiving data BIDB- Bidirectional


(-) data wire B (-)

3 TX+ Transmitting BIDA+ Bidirectional


data (+) data wire A (+)

4 Undefined - BIDC+ Bidirectional


data wire C (+)

5 Undefined - BIDC- Bidirectional


data wire C (-)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Pin No. 10/100BASE-T(X) 1000BASE-T

Signal Function Signal Function

6 TX- Transmitting BIDA- Bidirectional


data (-) data wire A (-)

7 Undefined - BIDD+ Bidirectional


data wire D (+)

8 Undefined - BIDD- Bidirectional


data wire D (-)

GE3(o) and COMBO Ports


The GE3(o) and COMBO ports can receive/transmit GE services after SFP modules are
installed on them. They can also function as EPLA cascade ports. It is recommended that the
COMBO port be used as an EPLA cascade port.

An SFP optical module provides one transmit (TX) port on the left side and one RX (receive)
port on the right side. See Figure 3-6.

Figure 3-6 Front view of an SFP optical module

TX RX

Table 3-6 lists the SFP module types supported by the GE3(o) and COMBO ports.

Table 3-6 Types of SFP modules

BOM Number Module Type Wavelength and


Transmission Distance

34060321 1000Base-SX 850 nm, 0.55 km

34060290 1000Base-LX 1310 nm, 10 km

34060365 Multi-rate (highest rate: 850 nm, 0.3 km


4.25 Gbit/s)

34060307 100Base-LX 1310 nm, 15 km

34100099 10/100/1000Base-TX -
NOTE
The part number for lighting
arresters is 19020323.

34060517 2.5 GE 1310 nm, 2km

34060528 2.5 GE 1310nm, 10km

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

P&E Port
P&E is a power over Ethernet port, which is used to transmit FE/GE electrical signals and
power signals. It is connected to the matching PSE equipment (RTN B20 PI).
The P&E port both use the RJ45 connector.

Figure 3-7 RJ45 connector front view

1 2 3 4 56 7 8

Table 3-7 Port pin assignments


Pin No. P&E

Signal Function

1 BIDA+/BGND Bidirectional data wire A


(+)/Power ground

2 BIDA-/BGND Bidirectional data wire A


(-)/Power ground

3 BIDB+/-48 V Bidirectional data wire B


(+)/Power signal (-48 V)

4 BIDC+/BGND Bidirectional data wire C


(+)/Power ground

5 BIDC-/BGND Bidirectional data wire C


(-)/Power ground

6 BIDB-/-48 V Bidirectional data wire B


(-)/Power signal (-48 V)

7 BIDD+/-48 V Bidirectional data wire D


(+)/Power signal (-48 V)

8 BIDD-/-48 V Bidirectional data wire D


(-)/Power signal (-48 V)

USB Port
A USB flash drive can be inserted into the USB port to to upgrade software, or to back up
data. A WLAN module can also be inserted into the USB port. Then, the Web LCT can access
the RTN 320 through WLAN.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

The USB port is located in the USB maintenance compartment at the bottom of the RTN 320.
The USB maintenance compartment must be closed when the RTN 320 is running.

NMS Port
The RTN 320 provides two NMS ports. One is the NMS/GE2(e) port, and the other is the
NMS port that is on a side of the maintenance compartment. The two ports have the same pin
assignments and functions. The NMS/GE2(e) port is preferred for easy cable routing.
Table 3-8 provides the pin assignments for NMS ports.

Table 3-8 Pin assignments for NMS ports


Pin No. Signal

1 Transmitting data (+)

2 Transmitting data (-)

3 Receiving data (+)

4 Reserved

5 Reserved

6 Receiving data (-)

7 Reserved

8 Reserved

3.4 Indicators
The RTN 320 has service port indicators, one USB port indicator, and one system and link
status indicator (STAT).
The indicators are located in the maintenance compartment and indicate the equipment
operating status during installation, commissioning, and maintenance. You can observe the
STAT indicator even when the protective cover of the maintenance compartment is closed.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Figure 3-8 Indicator positions

Table 3-9 Indicator status description


Indicator Status Description

GE optical port/COMBO port/MIMO port Steady green The port is


indicator connected correctly,
but is not receiving
or transmitting data.

Blinks green The port is receiving


or transmitting data.

Off The port is not


connected or is
incorrectly
connected.

GE electrical port Link indicator Steady green The port is


indicator connected correctly,
but is not receiving
or transmitting data.

Off The port is not


connected.

ACT indicator Blinks yellow The port is receiving


or transmitting data.

Off The port is not


receiving or
transmitting data.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Indicator Status Description

System and link Operating status Steady green The equipment is


status indicator working properly,
(STAT) and services at the
air interface are
normal.

Steady red The hardware is


faulty (for example,
the equipment fails
to start, or a
HARD_BAD alarm
is reported).

Off The equipment is


not powered on.

Link status Blinks red The equipment is


working properly,
but services at the
air interface are
interrupted.

Steady green l The microwave


link is available.
No expected
receive power is
set according to
the network plan.
l The microwave
link is available.
The expected
receive power is
set according to
the network plan.
The difference
between the
actual receive
power and the
expected receive
power is less
than 3 dB.

USB port indicator WLAN module Steady green The WLAN module
has been identified
and is working
properly.

Steady red The WLAN module


is faulty.

Blinks green The WLAN link is


normal.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Indicator Status Description

Off l No WLAN
module is
inserted into the
USB port.
l The WLAN
module inserted
into the USB
port cannot be
identified.

USB flash drive Steady green Backing up or


restoring data is
complete.

Blinks green Data is being backed


up or restored.

Steady red l The USB flash


drive is faulty.
l Backing up or
restoring data has
failed.

Blinks red The hardware is


faulty, and
initializing the USB
flash drive has
failed.

Off l No USB flash


drive is inserted
into the USB
port.
l The USB flash
drive inserted
into the USB
port cannot be
identified.

NOTE
After you load data to the RTN 320 using a USB flash drive, the RTN 320 automatically resets. All the
indicators are off during the reset. After the reset is complete, you can observe the STAT indicator to
understand the status of the RTN 320.

3.5 Labels
Labels such as the product nameplate, ESD protection label, radiation warning label, and high
temperature warning label are attached to a chassis. When performing operations, adhere to

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

warnings or instructions on the labels to prevent any personal injury or damage to the
equipment.

Label Positions

Figure 3-9 Label positions


No stepping label

MAC address label

High temperature
warning label
Peeling indicator Radiation warning label
ESD protection label
Product bar code

Nameplate

Ground point label

NOTE
The high temperature warning label indicates that the equipment surface temperature may exceed 70°C
when the ambient temperature is higher than 55°C. You must wear protective gloves when handling the
equipment.

Nameplate

Figure 3-10 Nameplate

Table 3-10 Label description

Label Description

OptiX RTN 320 Product name

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 3 Product Structure

Label Description

13G Frequency band


The ODU integrated in an RTN 320 can
operate at the following frequency bands:
7/8/11/13/15/18/23/26/28/32/38 GHz

-48V; 3A Supplied by DC Indicates a DC power supply, with a rated


value -48 V; 3 A.

-48V; 3A Supplied by P&E Indicates a power over Ethernet supply, with


a rated value -48 V; 3 A.

ITEM: 52450802 Identifies a product type.

T/R SPACING: 266 MHz Indicates a T/R spacing (MHz)

SUB BAND: A Indicates a sub-band, which is expressed in


letters.

TX: Lo; 12751–12891 MHz TX high/low site:


l Hi: TX high site
l Lo: TX low site
Indicates a TX frequency range (MHz).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

4 Networking and Applications

About This Chapter

RTN 320 supports various networks.

4.1 Independent Networking


RTN 320s can independently form a ring or chain backhaul network for aggregation sites.
4.2 Networking for Super Dual Band
RTN 320 can work with RTN 380H (housing MXXI5 boards) to form a full-outdoor Super
Dual Band solution, providing microwave links for large-bandwidth macro base stations.
4.3 Networking with the ATN
The RTN 320 can work with the ATN to implement the IP RAN-based mobile bearer solution
that transmits services over microwave.
4.4 Networking with LAN Switches
OptiX RTN 320 can work with LAN switches to comprise full-meshed and other complex
networks.
4.5 Supplementary Network for Optical Fibers
Featuring high bandwidth, RTN 320 can provide high-bandwidth microwave links for
transmitting Ethernet services on a metro optical Ethernet in areas where optical fibers are
difficult to lay out.

4.1 Independent Networking


RTN 320s can independently form a ring or chain backhaul network for aggregation sites.

4.1.1 Chain Networks


RTN 320 supports point-to-point networks. Chain, tree, or star networks can be built by
cascading NEs.

Figure 4-1 shows a chain network solution. In this solution:


l Medium-/Small-capacity microwave links use 1+0 configuration.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

l 1+1 configuration can be used for links requiring higher reliability.


l If large-capacity links are required, XPIC/2+0 configuration can work with PLA/EPLA
to build a high-bandwidth logical Ethernet channel with higher reliability. XPIC can also
work with cascade EPLA to implement 3+0/4+0 configuration to provide a higher-
bandwidth logical Ethernet channel.

Figure 4-1 Chain network solution


4+0

FE/GE
NodeB 0

XPIC or 2+0

NodeB 1 FE/GE RNC

Regional Backhaul Network

2X (1+0)
1+1
FE/GE
NodeB 2

GE

NodeB 3

RTN 320

4.1.2 Ring Networks


RTN 320 supports ring networks and provides protection for ring networks. In addition, ring
networks and chain networks can be combined to form ring-with-chain networks.
Figure 4-2 shows a ring network solution. In this solution:
l Ethernet ring protection switching (ERPS) can be configured to protect Ethernet services
on the ring network.
l Only one RTN 320 is required at each site.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

Figure 4-2 Ring network solution

FE/GE
NodeB 1

RNC

Regional Backhaul Network

FE/GE

NodeB 2

RTN 320

4.2 Networking for Super Dual Band


RTN 320 can work with RTN 380H (housing MXXI5 boards) to form a full-outdoor Super
Dual Band solution, providing microwave links for large-bandwidth macro base stations.
RTN 320 works as the slave device in the full-outdoor Super Dual Band solution.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

Figure 4-3 Super Dual Band solution

RTN 380H

RTN 320

Radio chains and/or radio sub-rings

4.3 Networking with the ATN


The RTN 320 can work with the ATN to implement the IP RAN-based mobile bearer solution
that transmits services over microwave.
In this solution:
l The ATN functions as the CSG, and the RTN 320 functions as the transparent microwave
transmission channel for the CSG.
l The RTN 320 supports the automatically available DCN between the RTN 320 and ATN.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

Figure 4-4 Networking with the ATN

RTN 320

ATN

4.4 Networking with LAN Switches


OptiX RTN 320 can work with LAN switches to comprise full-meshed and other complex
networks.
As shown in Figure 4-5, RTN 320s work with LAN switches to form a network. The
spanning tree protocol can be enabled on these devices to prevent loops and protect services.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

Figure 4-5 Networking with LAN switches

RTN 320

LAN switch

4.5 Supplementary Network for Optical Fibers


Featuring high bandwidth, RTN 320 can provide high-bandwidth microwave links for
transmitting Ethernet services on a metro optical Ethernet in areas where optical fibers are
difficult to lay out.
RTN 320 can provide high-bandwidth microwave links for transmitting Ethernet services on a
metro optical Ethernet in areas where optical fibers are difficult to lay out, as shown in Figure
4-6.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 4 Networking and Applications

Figure 4-6 Supplementary network

RTN 320

Packet transmission equipment

RTN 320 can form a chain network or a ring network with optical transmission equipment to
function as a supplement to optical fiber transmission. In the second scenario, RTN 320 forms
an ERPS network with the optical transmission equipment to protect services.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 5 Network Management System

5 Network Management System

About This Chapter

This chapter describes network management solutions and the network management system
(NMS) software used in these solutions.

5.1 Network Management Solutions


Huawei provides complete transport network management solutions that satisfy the
telecommunications management network (TMN) requirements for various function domains
and customer groups of telecommunications networks.
5.2 Web LCT
The Web LCT is a local maintenance terminal running on a PC.
5.3 U2000-T
The iManager U2000-T is a network-level management system (NMS) that manages Huawei
fixed-line network products in a unified manner.
5.4 Web-based NMS
A web-based NMS is a network maintenance terminal built in an NE.

5.1 Network Management Solutions


Huawei provides complete transport network management solutions that satisfy the
telecommunications management network (TMN) requirements for various function domains
and customer groups of telecommunications networks.
The following network management solutions are available:
l iManager U2000 Web LCT local maintenance terminal
The Web LCT, a web-based local maintenance terminal, manages local and remote NEs
on a per-NE/hop basis.
l iManager U2000-T unified network management system
The iManager U2000-T, a network-level management system, manages Huawei RTN,
PTN, MSTP, and WDM products on transport networks in a unified manner.
l Web-based network management system

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 5 Network Management System

The web-based network management system allows you to manage local or remote NEs
using a browser (IE 9, Chrome, or Firefox).

Figure 5-1 Network management solutions for transport networks

5.2 Web LCT


The Web LCT is a local maintenance terminal running on a PC.
The Web LCT provides the following management functions at the NE layer: NE
management, alarm management, performance management, configuration management,
communication management, and security management.
The Web LCT also provides hop management, which displays the information about the two
ends of a microwave link hop graphically and enables a microwave link hop to be managed
easily.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 5 Network Management System

Figure 5-2 NE management window

Figure 5-3 HOP management window

5.3 U2000-T
The iManager U2000-T is a network-level management system (NMS) that manages Huawei
fixed-line network products in a unified manner.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 5 Network Management System

The U2000-T provides topology management, which displays NE positions and connections
between NEs. See Figure 5-4.
The U2000-T manages network-level alarms, performance, inventory, and security, and end-
to-end service configurations. See Figure 5-5.
The U2000-T provides a built-in NE Explorer to manage all NEs on the topology. See Figure
5-6.

Figure 5-4 Topology management interface of the U2000-T

Figure 5-5 End-to-end service configuration interface of the U2000-T

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 5 Network Management System

Figure 5-6 NE Explorer interface of the U2000-T

5.4 Web-based NMS


A web-based NMS is a network maintenance terminal built in an NE.

When WLAN or a network cable is used to connect a PC to an NE with a web-based NMS


built in, you can access and manage the NE through IE9 or higher.

A PC connects to such an NE in either of the following two methods:


l Using a network cable
When a network cable is used, you can manage both the local and peer NEs.
l Using WLAN
When WLAN is used, you can manage only the local NE.

After a PC connects to such an NE, you can open the NE management page by entering the
NE's IP address on a browser (IE9 or higher).

The web-based NMS provides NE management, alarm management, performance


management, configuration management, communication management, and security
management. Figure 5-7 shows the management page.

Figure 5-7 Management page of the web-based NMS

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

6 Technical Specifications

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the technical specifications of OptiX RTN 320.

6.1 RF Performance
This chapter describes the radio frequency (RF) performance and various technical
specifications related to microwave.
6.2 Predicted Reliability
Predicted reliability includes predicted equipment reliability and predicted link reliability.
Reliability is measured by mean time between failures (MTBF). Reliability prediction
complies with the Bellcore TR-332 standard.
6.3 Ethernet Port Performance
Ethernet port performance complies with IEEE 802.3.
6.4 System Performance
System performance includes the dimensions, weight, power consumption, power supply,
electromagnetic compatibility, surge protection, safety, and environment.

6.1 RF Performance
This chapter describes the radio frequency (RF) performance and various technical
specifications related to microwave.

6.1.1 Microwave Working Modes


This section lists the microwave working modes and service capacities supported by the RTN
320.

6.1.1.1 IF Running Modes


RTN 320 supports two running modes: IS3 and IS6.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

NOTE
The two microwave channels of the RTN 320 must run in the same mode. That is, when a working mode
is set for one port, the other port will automatically synchronize with the port and work in the same
mode.

Table 6-1 IF running modes


IF Running Mode Application Scenario

IS6 mode l The IS6 mode provides high bandwidth


and large capacity.
l The IS6 mode supports 12 types of
modulation modes, including QPSK
Strong, QPSK, 16QAM Strong,
16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM,
256QAM, 512QAM, 1024QAM,
2048QAM, and 4096QAM, among
which 4096QAM is used only when AM
is enabled and non-XPIC mode is used.
l The newly developed XMC-3 ODU will
support the IS6 mode.

IS3 mode l The IS3 mode provides large capacity.


l The IS3 mode supports 13 types of
modulation modes, including QPSK
Strong, QPSK, 16QAM Strong,
16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM,
256QAM, 512QAM, 512QAM Light,
1024QAM, 1024QAM Light, and
2048QAM, among which 2048QAM is
used only when AM is enabled and non-
XPIC mode is used.
l When running in IS3 mode, RTN 320
can work with XMC-2, XMC-2E,
XMC-2H, and XMC-3 ODUs.

The two IF running modes support different microwave working modes.

Table 6-2 Overview of microwave working modes (ETSI)


Channel Modulation Mode Range (IS6 Modulation Mode Range
Spacing Running mode) (IS3 Running mode)

MIMO non-XPIC XPIC non-XPIC XPIC

7 MHz N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK


Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to
1024QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 128QAM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulation Mode Range (IS6 Modulation Mode Range


Spacing Running mode) (IS3 Running mode)

MIMO non-XPIC XPIC non-XPIC XPIC

14 MHz N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK


Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to
2048QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 256QAM
Light

28 MHz QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK


Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to
256QAM 4096QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 1024QAM

40 MHz QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK


Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to
256QAM 4096QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 1024QAM

56 MHz QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK


Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to Strong to
256QAM 4096QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 1024QAM
Light

112 MHz N/A QPSK QPSK N/A N/A


Strong to Strong to
2048QAM 1024QAM
NOTE
l When running in IS6 mode, RTN 320 does not support 512QAM Light or 1024QAM Light.
l RTN 320 supports a 112 MHz channel spacing only when running in IS6 mode and working with 32
GHz RTN XMC–3 ODUs. If a channel spacing of 112 MHz is configured for one port of the two
ports, the channel spacing of the other port automatically changes to 112 MHz. Similarly, when the
channel spacing of one port of the two ports changes from 112 MHz to another value, the channel
spacing of the other port changes to the new value accordingly.
l For the highest modulation modes supported by XMC ODUs operating in each frequency band, with
each channel spacing, and in IS3/IS6 running mode, see 6.1.1.2 Microwave Working Modes and
Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (ETSI) and 6.1.1.4 Microwave Working Modes and Service
Capacities (IS6 Mode)(ETSI).

Table 6-3 Overview of microwave working modes (FCC) (extended ODU)


Channel Spacing Modulation Mode Range (IS3
Running mode)

30 MHz

40 MHz QPSK Strong to 2048QAM

50 MHz

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Spacing Modulation Mode Range (IS3


Running mode)
NOTE
l The RTN 320 supports FCC 30/40/50 MHz only when working with the XMC-2H ODU operating
at L6/U6 GHz or the XMC-2 ODU operating at 18/23 GHz.
l The RTN 320 supports FCC 30/40/50 MHz only in IS3 mode.
l For the highest–order modulation scheme supported by the XMC ODU operating at each frequency
band, see 6.1.1.3 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (FCC).

Table 6-4 Overview of microwave working modes (FCC) (integrated ODU)


Channel Spacing Modulation Mode Range Modulation Mode Range
(IS6 Running mode) (IS3 Running mode)

30 MHz

40 MHz QPSK Strong to 4096QAM QPSK Strong to 2048QAM

50 MHz
NOTE
l When the extended ODU uses FCC 30/40/50 MHz, the integrated ODU can operate only in IS3
mode.
l The integrated ODU operating at the 11 GHz frequency band supports FCC 30/40 MHz, the
integrated ODU operating at the 18/23GHz frequency band supports FCC30/40/50 MHz. In this
version, the integrated ODU operating at any other frequency band does not support FCC channel
spacings.
l For the highest–order modulation scheme supported by each frequency band, see 6.1.1.3
Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (FCC).

6.1.1.2 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (ETSI)
This section lists the microwave working modes and service capacities supported by the RTN
320 running in IS3 mode.

NOTE

l The ODU integrated in the RTN 320 and the extended XMC-3 ODU operating at the same
frequency band support the same microwave working modes (ETSI). This section uses the extended
ODU as an example to describe microwave working modes (ETSI).
l In a description of models of XMC-2 ODUs, the frequency band 10 GHz is used to represent the 10
GHz and 10.5 GHz frequency bands.
l 7/8 GHz XMC-2 ODUs are available in two versions: normal and XMC-2E. Only 8 GHz XMC-2
ODUs of the XMC-2E version support the T/R spacing 310 MHz.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-5 Highest-order modulation (XPIC disabled)


Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing

7 MHz 14 MHz 28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz

XMC-2 6 GHz 256QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

7/8 GHz (Normal) 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM

7/8 GHz (XMC-2E) 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


Light

10/11 GHz 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light Light Light

13/15/18/23 GHz 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


Light

26 GHz 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light Light Light

28/32 GHz 256QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

38 GHz 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


Light

42 GHz 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light Light Light

XMC-2H 6/7/8/11 GHz 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


Light

XMC-3 7/8/11/13/15/18/23/ 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


26 GHz Light

28 GHz 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM

32/38 GHz 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM


Light
NOTE
For 13/15/18/23/38 GHz XMC-2 ODUs, only those manufactured since November 2014 support 2048QAM. A 38 GHz XMC-2
ODU supports 2048QAM only when it operates at the normal temperature and when the matching IF cable is longer than 60 m.

Table 6-6 Highest-order modulation (XPIC enabled)


Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing

7 MHz 14 MHz 28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz

XMC-2 6 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM 512QAM

7/8 GHz (Normal) 128QAM 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM 256QAM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing

7 MHz 14 MHz 28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz

7/8 GHz (XMC-2E) 128QAM 256QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light

10/11 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

13/15/18/23 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light

26 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

28/32 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM

38/42 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 512QAM


Light Light

XMC-2H 6/7/8/11 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light

XMC-3 7/8/11/13/15/18/23 128QAM 256QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


GHz Light

26 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

28/32/38 GHz 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 512QAM


Light Light

Table 6-7 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC disabled)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

7 QPSK 8 to 10 8 to 13 8 to 18 8 to 24
Strong

QPSK 10 to 13 10 to 17 10 to 22 10 to 30

16QAM 17 to 21 17 to 28 17 to 37 17 to 51
Strong

16QAM 20 to 26 20 to 34 20 to 45 20 to 61

32QAM 25 to 32 25 to 42 25 to 55 25 to 75

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

64QAM 31 to 40 31 to 53 32 to 70 32 to 95

128QAM 37 to 47 37 to 63 37 to 82 37 to 111

256QAM 42 to 53 42 to 70 42 to 92 42 to 125

512QAM 44 to 57 44 to 75 44 to 98 44 to 133

512QAM 47 to 61 47 to 80 47 to 105 47 to 142


Light

1024QAM 50 to 65 50 to 85 51 to 112 51 to 151

14 QPSK 17 to 22 17 to 29 17 to 37 17 to 51
Strong

QPSK 20 to 26 20 to 34 20 to 45 20 to 61

16QAM 35 to 44 35 to 59 35 to 77 35 to 104
Strong

16QAM 41 to 52 41 to 69 41 to 91 41 to 123

32QAM 51 to 65 51 to 87 51 to 113 51 to 154

64QAM 64 to 83 64 to 109 65 to 143 65 to 193

128QAM 76 to 98 76 to 129 77 to 169 77 to 229

256QAM 87 to 112 87 to 148 87 to 193 88 to 262

512QAM 92 to 119 93 to 157 93 to 205 93 to 277

512QAM 99 to 127 99 to 168 99 to 219 100 to 297


Light

1024QAM 102 to 131 103 to 173 103 to 227 103 to 307

1024QAM 108 to 138 108 to 182 108 to 238 108 to 322


Light

28 QPSK 36 to 46 36 to 60 36 to 79 36 to 107
Strong

QPSK 42 to 54 42 to 71 42 to 93 42 to 126

16QAM 72 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 160 73 to 217


Strong

16QAM 85 to 109 85 to 143 85 to 188 85 to 254

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

32QAM 108 to 139 108 to 183 109 to 240 109 to 325

64QAM 134 to 172 134 to 227 134 to 296 135 to 401

128QAM 158 to 203 159 to 268 159 to 350 159 to 475

256QAM 181 to 232 181 to 306 182 to 400 182 to 542

512QAM 194 to 249 194 to 328 195 to 429 195 to 581

512QAM 208 to 266 208 to 351 208 to 459 209 to 622


Light

1024QAM 215 to 275 215 to 363 216 to 475 216 to 643

1024QAM 226 to 289 226 to 381 226 to 498 227 to 675


Light

2048QAM 239 to 306 240 to 404 240 to 529 240 to 716

40 QPSK 49 to 63 49 to 83 49 to 109 49 to 147


Strong

QPSK 57 to 73 57 to 97 57 to 127 58 to 172

16QAM 99 to 127 99 to 168 100 to 220 100 to 298


Strong

16QAM 116 to 149 116 to 196 116 to 257 117 to 348

32QAM 148 to 190 149 to 251 149 to 328 149 to 444

64QAM 183 to 235 183 to 310 184 to 405 184 to 548

128QAM 217 to 278 217 to 366 217 to 479 218 to 649

256QAM 250 to 320 251 to 423 251 to 553 252 to 749

512QAM 265 to 340 266 to 448 266 to 586 267 to 794

512QAM 284 to 363 284 to 480 285 to 627 285 to 849


Light

1024QAM 299 to 383 300 to 506 300 to 661 301 to 895

1024QAM 314 to 402 314 to 531 315 to 693 316 to 939


Light

2048QAM 326 to 418 327 to 552 327 to 721 328 to 977

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

56 QPSK 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 161 73 to 218


Strong

QPSK 85 to 109 85 to 144 85 to 188 85 to 255

16QAM 147 to 188 147 to 248 147 to 324 148 to 440


Strong

16QAM 171 to 220 172 to 290 172 to 379 172 to 514

32QAM 215 to 275 215 to 363 215 to 474 216 to 643

64QAM 270 to 346 271 to 457 271 to 597 272 to 809

128QAM 320 to 409 320 to 540 321 to 706 321 to 957

256QAM 365 to 467 365 to 617 366 to 806 367 to 1091

512QAM 391 to 501 392 to 661 392 to 864 393 to 1170

512QAM 418 to 536 419 to 707 420 to 924 421 to 1252


Light

1024QAM 442 to 567 443 to 748 444 to 977 445 to 1324

1024QAM 476 to 609 477 to 804 477 to 1051 479 to 1423


Light

2048QAM 496 to 636 497 to 839 498 to 1096 499 to 1485

Table 6-8 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC enabled)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

7 QPSK 8 to 10 8 to 13 8 to 17 8 to 23
Strong

QPSK 10 to 12 10 to 16 10 to 22 10 to 29

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 16 to 21 16 to 28 16 to 36 16 to 49
Strong

16QAM 20 to 25 20 to 33 20 to 43 20 to 59

32QAM 24 to 31 24 to 41 24 to 54 24 to 73

64QAM 31 to 39 31 to 52 31 to 68 31 to 92

128QAM 36 to 46 36 to 61 36 to 80 36 to 108

14 QPSK 16 to 21 16 to 28 16 to 36 16 to 49
Strong

QPSK 20 to 25 20 to 33 20 to 44 20 to 59

16QAM 34 to 43 34 to 57 34 to 74 34 to 101
Strong

16QAM 40 to 51 40 to 67 40 to 88 40 to 119

32QAM 50 to 64 50 to 84 50 to 110 50 to 149

64QAM 63 to 80 63 to 106 63 to 138 63 to 188

128QAM 75 to 95 75 to 125 75 to 164 75 to 222

256QAM 85 to 108 85 to 143 85 to 187 86 to 254

28 QPSK 36 to 46 36 to 60 36 to 79 36 to 107
Strong

QPSK 42 to 53 42 to 71 42 to 92 42 to 125

16QAM 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 160 73 to 217


Strong

16QAM 85 to 109 85 to 143 86 to 187 86 to 254

32QAM 109 to 139 109 to 183 109 to 240 110 to 325

64QAM 135 to 171 135 to 226 135 to 296 136 to 401

128QAM 160 to 203 160 to 268 160 to 350 160 to 475

256QAM 183 to 233 183 to 307 183 to 401 184 to 544

512QAM 198 to 251 197 to 332 197 to 434 199 to 588

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

512QAM 201 to 255 200 to 337 200 to 441 202 to 597


Light

1024QAM 215 to 274 215 to 362 215 to 473 217 to 640

40 QPSK 49 to 63 49 to 83 49 to 108 50 to 147


Strong

QPSK 58 to 73 58 to 97 58 to 127 58 to 172

16QAM 100 to 127 100 to 168 100 to 220 100 to 297


Strong

16QAM 117 to 149 117 to 196 117 to 257 118 to 348

32QAM 149 to 190 149 to 251 149 to 328 150 to 444

64QAM 184 to 234 184 to 310 185 to 405 185 to 548

128QAM 218 to 277 218 to 366 218 to 479 219 to 649

256QAM 250 to 318 249 to 420 250 to 549 251 to 743

512QAM 270 to 343 269 to 454 270 to 593 272 to 803

512QAM 274 to 349 273 to 461 274 to 602 276 to 815


Light

1024QAM 294 to 374 294 to 494 294 to 646 296 to 875

56 QPSK 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 161 73 to 218


Strong

QPSK 85 to 109 86 to 144 86 to 188 86 to 255

16QAM 148 to 188 148 to 248 148 to 324 149 to 439


Strong

16QAM 173 to 219 173 to 290 173 to 379 174 to 513

32QAM 216 to 275 216 to 363 216 to 474 217 to 643

64QAM 272 to 346 271 to 457 272 to 597 274 to 809

128QAM 322 to 409 321 to 540 321 to 706 324 to 956

256QAM 368 to 467 366 to 617 367 to 806 370 to 1092

512QAM 398 to 507 397 to 669 398 to 874 401 to 1184

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

512QAM 405 to 514 403 to 679 403 to 887 407 to 1202


Light

1024QAM 434 to 552 433 to 729 433 to 952 437 to 1290

1024QAM 452 to 575 451 to 759 451 to 992 455 to 1344


Light

NOTE

l The throughput specifications in the preceding tables are based on the following conditions:
l Frame header compression disabled: untagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2 frame header compression enabled: untagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes
to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
70 bytes to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
90 bytes to 9600 bytes
l The difference between strong/light modulation schemes and normal modulation schemes lies in
FEC encoding parameters. Strong modulation schemes have stronger error correction capabilities,
which result in higher receiver sensitivity but lower air interface bandwidth. Light modulation
schemes have poorer error correction capabilities, which result in lower receiver sensitivity but
higher air interface bandwidth.

6.1.1.3 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS3 Mode) (FCC)
This section lists the microwave working modes of the RTN 320 when FCC 30/40/50 MHz
channel spacings are used. Both integrated ODUs and extended ODUs support the IS3 mode.
When extended ODUs of the integrated RTN 320 use FCC channel spacings, they support
only the IS3 mode. Integrated ODUs support both the IS6 and IS3 modes. Therefore, when
extended ODUs use FCC channel spacings, two channels must be configured to work in IS3
mode.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities of Extended ODUs (IS3


Mode) (FCC)

Table 6-9 Highest-order modulation (XPIC disabled)

Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing (FCC)

30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz

XMC-2 15/18/23 GHz 2048QAM

XMC-2H L6/U6/7/8/11 GHz

XMC-2E 7/8 GHz

Table 6-10 Highest-order modulation (XPIC enabled)

Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing (FCC)

30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz

XMC-2 15/18/23 GHz 1024QAM

XMC-2H L6/U6/7/8/11 GHz

XMC-2E 7/8 GHz 1024QAM Light

Table 6-11 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC disabled)

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

30 MHz QPSK 37 to 47 37 to 62 37 to 82 37 to 100


Strong

QPSK 43 to 55 43 to 73 44 to 96 44 to 117

16QAM 75 to 96 75 to 127 76 to 166 76 to 203


Strong

16QAM 88 to 112 88 to 148 88 to 194 89 to 237

32QAM 113 to 143 113 to 189 113 to 247 113 to 302

64QAM 139 to 177 139 to 234 140 to 306 140 to 374

128QAM 165 to 210 165 to 277 165 to 362 166 to 442

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

256QAM 188 to 239 188 to 316 189 to 413 189 to 505

512QAM 202 to 256 202 to 339 202 to 443 203 to 541

512QAM 216 to 274 216 to 362 216 to 474 217 to 579


Light

1024QAM 223 to 284 224 to 375 224 to 490 225 to 599

1024QAM 234 to 298 235 to 394 235 to 514 236 to 629


Light

2048QAM 245 to 312 246 to 412 246 to 538 247 to 658

40 MHz QPSK 50 to 64 50 to 85 50 to 111 50 to 135


Strong

QPSK 59 to 75 59 to 99 59 to 129 59 to 158

16QAM 102 to 129 102 to 171 102 to 224 102 to 273


Strong

16QAM 121 to 154 121 to 203 121 to 265 121 to 324

32QAM 152 to 193 152 to 255 152 to 334 153 to 408

64QAM 186 to 239 188 to 315 188 to 412 189 to 504

128QAM 222 to 282 222 to 373 237 to 519 223 to 596

256QAM 255 to 326 257 to 431 257 to 563 258 to 688

512QAM 272 to 346 272 to 456 273 to 596 273 to 729

512QAM 291 to 370 291 to 488 292 to 638 292 to 780


Light

1024QAM 306 to 390 307 to 514 307 to 672 308 to 822

1024QAM 322 to 409 322 to 540 323 to 706 323 to 862


Light

2048QAM 334 to 425 335 to 561 335 to 734 336 to 897

50 MHz QPSK 64 to 81 64 to 107 64 to 140 64 to 171


Strong

QPSK 74 to 95 74 to 125 75 to 163 75 to 200

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 129 to 163 129 to 216 129 to 282 129 to 345


Strong

16QAM 150 to 191 150 to 252 151 to 330 151 to 403

32QAM 190 to 242 190 to 319 191 to 417 191 to 510

64QAM 237 to 301 237 to 397 237 to 519 238 to 635

128QAM 280 to 356 281 to 470 281 to 614 282 to 751

256QAM 320 to 406 320 to 537 321 to 701 321 to 857

512QAM 343 to 436 343 to 575 344 to 752 344 to 919

512QAM 367 to 466 367 to 615 368 to 804 369 to 983


Light

1024QAM 388 to 493 388 to 651 389 to 850 390 to 1039

1024QAM 417 to 530 418 to 700 418 to 914 419 to 1118


Light

2048QAM 429 to 546 430 to 720 431 to 941 431 to 1151

Table 6-12 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC enabled)

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

30 MHz QPSK 37 to 47 37 to 63 37 to 82 37 to 110


Strong

QPSK 43 to 55 44 to 73 44 to 96 44 to 129

16QAM 75 to 96 76 to 127 76 to 166 76 to 224


Strong

16QAM 88 to 112 88 to 148 88 to 194 88 to 262

32QAM 111 to 143 113 to 189 113 to 248 112 to 335

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

64QAM 139 to 177 139 to 234 139 to 306 140 to 414

128QAM 165 to 210 164 to 277 165 to 362 166 to 490

256QAM 183 to 232 182 to 307 182 to 401 184 to 543

512QAM 194 to 246 193 to 325 193 to 425 195 to 576

512QAM 207 to 263 206 to 348 206 to 455 208 to 616


Light

1024QAM 221 to 281 220 to 371 220 to 484 222 to 656

40 MHz QPSK 50 to 64 50 to 85 50 to 111 50 to 150


Strong

QPSK 59 to 75 59 to 99 59 to 130 59 to 175

16QAM 102 to 129 102 to 171 102 to 224 102 to 303


Strong

16QAM 121 to 154 121 to 203 121 to 265 121 to 359

32QAM 150 to 193 152 to 255 152 to 334 151 to 452

64QAM 188 to 239 187 to 315 187 to 412 189 to 558

128QAM 222 to 282 221 to 373 222 to 487 223 to 660

256QAM 249 to 317 248 to 418 249 to 547 250 to 740

512QAM 261 to 332 260 to 438 261 to 573 262 to 775

512QAM 279 to 355 278 to 469 278 to 612 281 to 830


Light

1024QAM 297 to 378 296 to 499 297 to 653 299 to 884

50 MHz QPSK 63 to 81 64 to 107 64 to 140 64 to 189


Strong

QPSK 74 to 94 75 to 125 75 to 164 75 to 221

16QAM 128 to 163 128 to 216 129 to 282 129 to 382


Strong

16QAM 150 to 191 150 to 252 150 to 330 151 to 446

32QAM 190 to 241 189 to 319 190 to 417 191 to 564

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

64QAM 237 to 301 236 to 398 236 to 520 238 to 703

128QAM 280 to 356 279 to 470 279 to 614 282 to 832

256QAM 316 to 402 315 to 531 315 to 694 318 to 939

512QAM 329 to 418 328 to 552 328 to 722 331 to 977

512QAM 352 to 447 350 to 591 351 to 772 354 to 1046


Light

1024QAM 375 to 477 374 to 629 374 to 823 377 to 1114

1024QAM 393 to 500 391 to 661 392 to 863 396 to 1169


Light

Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities of Integrated ODUs (IS3


Mode) (FCC)
When integrated ODUs use FCC channel spacings, they do not support XPIC.

Table 6-13 Highest-order modulation


Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing (FCC)

30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz

11 GHz 2048QAM 2048QAM N/A

18/23 GHz 2048QAM 2048QAM 2048QAM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-14 Radio working modes and service capacities


Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

30 MHz QPSK 37 to 47 37 to 62 37 to 82 37 to 111


Strong

QPSK 43 to 55 43 to 73 43 to 96 43 to 130

16QAM 75 to 96 75 to 127 75 to 166 75 to 224


Strong

16QAM 88 to 112 88 to 148 88 to 194 88 to 262

32QAM 112 to 143 112 to 189 112 to 248 113 to 335

64QAM 138 to 177 138 to 234 139 to 306 139 to 414

128QAM 164 to 210 164 to 277 164 to 362 165 to 490

256QAM 187 to 239 187 to 316 187 to 413 188 to 559

512QAM 200 to 257 201 to 339 201 to 443 201 to 600

512QAM 214 to 275 215 to 363 215 to 474 216 to 642


Light

1024QAM 222 to 284 222 to 375 223 to 490 223 to 664

1024QAM 233 to 298 233 to 394 234 to 515 234 to 697


Light

2048QAM 244 to 312 244 to 412 244 to 538 245 to 729

40 MHz QPSK 50 to 64 50 to 85 50 to 111 50 to 150


Strong

QPSK 58 to 75 59 to 99 59 to 130 59 to 175

16QAM 101 to 130 101 to 171 101 to 224 102 to 303


Strong

16QAM 120 to 154 120 to 203 120 to 265 121 to 359

32QAM 151 to 193 151 to 255 151 to 334 152 to 452

64QAM 186 to 239 187 to 315 187 to 412 187 to 558

128QAM 221 to 282 221 to 373 221 to 487 222 to 660

256QAM 255 to 326 255 to 431 255 to 563 256 to 762

512QAM 270 to 346 270 to 456 271 to 597 271 to 808

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

512QAM 289 to 370 289 to 488 290 to 638 290 to 864


Light

1024QAM 304 to 390 305 to 515 305 to 672 306 to 911

1024QAM 319 to 409 320 to 540 320 to 706 321 to 956


Light

2048QAM 332 to 425 333 to 562 333 to 734 334 to 994

50 MHz QPSK 63 to 81 63 to 107 63 to 140 63 to 189


Strong

QPSK 74 to 95 74 to 125 74 to 163 74 to 221

16QAM 128 to 163 128 to 216 128 to 282 128 to 382


Strong

16QAM 149 to 191 149 to 252 149 to 330 151 to 446

32QAM 189 to 241 189 to 319 190 to 417 190 to 565

64QAM 235 to 301 235 to 397 236 to 519 236 to 704

128QAM 278 to 356 279 to 470 279 to 614 280 to 832

256QAM 317 to 406 318 to 536 318 to 701 319 to 950

512QAM 340 to 436 341 to 575 341 to 752 342 to 1018

512QAM 364 to 466 365 to 616 365 to 804 365 to 1089


Light

1024QAM 385 to 493 386 to 651 386 to 850 387 to 1152

1024QAM 414 to 530 415 to 700 415 to 915 416 to 1239


Light

2048QAM 426 to 546 426 to 720 427 to 941 428 to 1275

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The throughput specifications in the preceding tables are based on the following conditions:
l Frame header compression disabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2 frame header compression enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
70 bytes to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
90 bytes to 9600 bytes
l The difference between strong/light modulation schemes and normal modulation schemes lies in
FEC encoding parameter settings. Strong modulation schemes have stronger error correction
capabilities, which mean higher receiver sensitivity but lower air interface bandwidth. Light
modulation schemes have poorer error correction capabilities, which mean lower receiver sensitivity
but higher air interface bandwidth.

6.1.1.4 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS6 Mode)(ETSI)


This section lists the microwave working modes and service capacities supported by the RTN
320 running in IS6 mode.

NOTE

When the same frequency band applies, the microwave working mode supported by the integrated ODU
of the integrated RTN 320 is consistent with that supported by the extended XMC-3 ODU. This
document uses an extended ODU as an example to describe the microwave working mode (ETSI) of the
RTN 320.
NOTE
When running in IS6 mode, RTN 320 can work only with RTN XMC-3 ODUs. RTN XMC-3 ODUs
support eleven frequency bands: 7 GHz to 38 GHz.

Table 6-15 Highest-order modulation (MIMO)


Type Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing

28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz

XMC-3 13/15/18/23 GHz 256QAM

Table 6-16 Highest-order modulation (XPIC disabled)


Type Frequenc Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing
y band
7 MHz 14 MHz 28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz 112 MHz

XMC-3 7/8/11/13/1 1024QAM 2048QAM 4096QAM N/A


5/18/23/26
GHz

28 GHz 2048QAM

32 GHz 2048QAM

38 GHz N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-17 Highest-order modulation (XPIC enabled)


Type Frequenc Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing
y band
7 MHz 14 MHz 28 MHz 40 MHz 56 MHz 112 MHz

XMC-3 7/8/11/13/1 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM N/A


5/18/23/26
GHz

28GHz 1024QAM

32GHz 1024QAM

38GHz N/A

Table 6-18 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC disabled)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

7 QPSK 8 to 10 8 to 13 8 to 18 8 to 24
Strong

QPSK 10 to 13 10 to 17 10 to 22 10 to 30

16QAM 17 to 21 17 to 28 17 to 37 17 to 51
Strong

16QAM 20 to 26 20 to 34 20 to 45 20 to 61

32QAM 25 to 32 25 to 42 25 to 55 25 to 75

64QAM 31 to 40 31 to 53 32 to 70 32 to 95

128QAM 37 to 47 37 to 63 37 to 82 37 to 111

256QAM 42 to 53 42 to 70 42 to 92 42 to 125

512QAM 44 to 57 44 to 75 44 to 98 44 to 133

1024QAM 50 to 65 50 to 85 51 to 112 51 to 151

14 QPSK 17 to 22 17 to 29 17 to 37 17 to 51
Strong

QPSK 20 to 26 20 to 34 20 to 45 20 to 61

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 35 to 44 35 to 59 35 to 77 35 to 104
Strong

16QAM 41 to 52 41 to 69 41 to 91 41 to 123

32QAM 51 to 65 51 to 87 51 to 113 51 to 154

64QAM 64 to 83 64 to 109 65 to 143 65 to 193

128QAM 76 to 98 76 to 129 77 to 169 77 to 229

256QAM 87 to 112 87 to 148 87 to 193 88 to 262

512QAM 92 to 119 93 to 157 93 to 205 93 to 277

1024QAM 102 to 131 103 to 173 103 to 227 103 to 307

2048QAM 115 to 146 115 to 193 115 to 252 115 to 341

28 QPSK 36 to 46 36 to 60 36 to 79 36 to 107
Strong

QPSK 42 to 54 42 to 71 42 to 93 42 to 126

16QAM 72 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 160 73 to 217


Strong

16QAM 85 to 109 85 to 143 85 to 188 85 to 254

32QAM 108 to 139 108 to 183 109 to 240 109 to 325

64QAM 134 to 172 134 to 227 134 to 296 135 to 401

128QAM 158 to 203 159 to 268 159 to 350 159 to 475

256QAM 181 to 232 181 to 306 182 to 400 182 to 542

512QAM 194 to 249 194 to 328 195 to 429 195 to 581

1024QAM 215 to 275 215 to 363 216 to 475 216 to 643

2048QAM 239 to 306 240 to 404 240 to 529 240 to 716

4096QAM 257 to 327 257 to 432 258 to 564 258 to 764

40 QPSK 49 to 63 49 to 83 49 to 109 49 to 147


Strong

QPSK 57 to 73 57 to 97 57 to 127 58 to 172

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 99 to 127 99 to 168 100 to 220 100 to 298


Strong

16QAM 116 to 149 116 to 196 116 to 257 117 to 348

32QAM 148 to 190 149 to 251 149 to 328 149 to 444

64QAM 183 to 235 183 to 310 184 to 405 184 to 548

128QAM 217 to 278 217 to 366 217 to 479 218 to 649

256QAM 250 to 320 251 to 423 251 to 553 252 to 749

512QAM 265 to 340 266 to 448 266 to 586 267 to 794

1024QAM 299 to 383 300 to 506 300 to 661 301 to 895

2048QAM 326 to 418 327 to 552 327 to 721 328 to 977

4096QAM 343 to 436 343 to 576 344 to 752 345 to 1019

56 QPSK 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 161 73 to 218


Strong

QPSK 85 to 109 85 to 144 85 to 188 85 to 255

16QAM 147 to 188 147 to 248 147 to 324 148 to 440


Strong

16QAM 171 to 220 172 to 290 172 to 379 172 to 514

32QAM 215 to 275 215 to 363 215 to 474 216 to 643

64QAM 270 to 346 271 to 457 271 to 597 272 to 809

128QAM 320 to 409 320 to 540 321 to 706 321 to 957

256QAM 365 to 467 365 to 617 366 to 806 367 to 1091

512QAM 391 to 501 392 to 661 392 to 864 393 to 1170

1024QAM 442 to 567 443 to 748 444 to 977 445 to 1324

2048QAM 496 to 636 497 to 839 498 to 1096 499 to 1485

4096QAM 534 to 678 534 to 896 535 to 1170 537 to 1585

112 QPSK 147 to 187 148 to 248 148 to 324 148 to 438
Strong

QPSK 172 to 219 173 to 289 173 to 378 173 to 512

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 297 to 377 297 to 498 298 to 651 298 to 882


Strong

16QAM 347 to 441 347 to 582 348 to 760 349 to 1030

32QAM 434 to 551 434 to 728 435 to 951 436 to 1289

64QAM 546 to 694 547 to 916 547 to 1197 549 to 1621

128QAM 645 to 820 646 to 1083 647 to 1415 649 to 1917

256QAM 745 to 947 746 to 1250 747 to 1633 749 to 2212

512QAM 832 to 1057 833 to 1396 834 to 1824 837 to 2402

1024QAM 893 to 1143 894 to 1509 896 to 1972 898 to 2402

2048QAM 907 to 1205 950 to 1603 951 to 2094 954 to 2403

Table 6-19 Radio working modes and service capacities (XPIC enabled)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

7 QPSK 8 to 10 8 to 13 8 to 17 8 to 23
Strong

QPSK 10 to 12 10 to 16 10 to 22 10 to 29

16QAM 16 to 21 16 to 28 16 to 36 16 to 49
Strong

16QAM 20 to 25 20 to 33 20 to 43 20 to 59

32QAM 24 to 31 24 to 41 24 to 54 24 to 73

64QAM 31 to 39 31 to 52 31 to 68 31 to 92

128QAM 36 to 46 36 to 61 36 to 80 36 to 108

256QAM 42 to 53 42 to 70 42 to 92 42 to 125

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

512QAM 47 to 60 47 to 79 47 to 103 47 to 140

14 QPSK 16 to 21 16 to 28 16 to 36 16 to 49
Strong

QPSK 20 to 25 20 to 33 20 to 44 20 to 59

16QAM 34 to 43 34 to 57 34 to 74 34 to 101
Strong

16QAM 40 to 51 40 to 67 40 to 88 40 to 119

32QAM 50 to 64 50 to 84 50 to 110 50 to 149

64QAM 63 to 80 63 to 106 63 to 138 63 to 188

128QAM 75 to 95 75 to 125 75 to 164 75 to 222

256QAM 85 to 108 85 to 143 85 to 187 86 to 254

512QAM 95 to 121 95 to 160 95 to 209 96 to 284

1024QAM 104 to 132 104 to 175 104 to 228 104 to 309

28 QPSK 36 to 46 36 to 60 36 to 79 36 to 107
Strong

QPSK 42 to 53 42 to 71 42 to 92 42 to 125

16QAM 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 160 73 to 217


Strong

16QAM 85 to 109 85 to 143 86 to 187 86 to 254

32QAM 109 to 139 109 to 183 109 to 240 110 to 325

64QAM 135 to 171 135 to 226 135 to 296 136 to 401

128QAM 160 to 203 160 to 268 160 to 350 160 to 475

256QAM 183 to 233 183 to 307 183 to 401 184 to 544

512QAM 198 to 251 197 to 332 197 to 434 199 to 588

1024QAM 215 to 274 215 to 362 215 to 473 217 to 640

2048QAM 226 to 287 225 to 379 225 to 495 227 to 671

40 QPSK 49 to 63 49 to 83 49 to 108 50 to 147


Strong

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

QPSK 58 to 73 58 to 97 58 to 127 58 to 172

16QAM 100 to 127 100 to 168 100 to 220 100 to 297


Strong

16QAM 117 to 149 117 to 196 117 to 257 118 to 348

32QAM 149 to 190 149 to 251 149 to 328 150 to 444

64QAM 184 to 234 184 to 310 185 to 405 185 to 548

128QAM 218 to 277 218 to 366 218 to 479 219 to 649

256QAM 250 to 318 249 to 420 250 to 549 251 to 743

512QAM 270 to 343 269 to 454 270 to 593 272 to 803

1024QAM 294 to 374 294 to 494 294 to 646 296 to 875

2048QAM 325 to 413 323 to 545 324 to 712 327 to 965

56 QPSK 73 to 93 73 to 123 73 to 161 73 to 218


Strong

QPSK 85 to 109 86 to 144 86 to 188 86 to 255

16QAM 148 to 188 148 to 248 148 to 324 149 to 439


Strong

16QAM 173 to 219 173 to 290 173 to 379 174 to 513

32QAM 216 to 275 216 to 363 216 to 474 217 to 643

64QAM 272 to 346 271 to 457 272 to 597 274 to 809

128QAM 322 to 409 321 to 540 321 to 706 324 to 956

256QAM 368 to 467 366 to 617 367 to 806 370 to 1092

512QAM 398 to 507 397 to 669 398 to 874 401 to 1184

1024QAM 434 to 552 433 to 729 433 to 952 437 to 1290

2048QAM 455 to 578 453 to 764 454 to 998 457 to 1351

112 QPSK 147 to 187 147 to 248 148 to 324 148 to 438
Strong

QPSK 172 to 219 172 to 289 172 to 378 173 to 512

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

16QAM 297 to 377 296 to 498 297 to 651 298 to 882


Strong

16QAM 347 to 441 346 to 582 346 to 760 349 to 1030

32QAM 434 to 551 432 to 728 433 to 951 436 to 1289

64QAM 546 to 694 544 to 916 545 to 1197 549 to 1621

128QAM 645 to 820 643 to 1083 644 to 1415 649 to 1917

256QAM 745 to 947 742 to 1250 743 to 1633 749 to 2212

512QAM 832 to 1057 828 to 1396 830 to 1824 837 to 2402

1024QAM 896 to 1144 895 to 1510 897 to 1974 899 to 2402

Table 6-20 Radio working modes and service capacities (2x2 MIMO)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

28 QPSK 34 to 44 34 to 58 34 to 76 35 to 103
Strong

QPSK 40 to 52 40 to 68 40 to 90 41 to 121

16QAM 70 to 90 70 to 119 71 to 156 71 to 211


Strong

16QAM 82 to 105 82 to 139 83 to 182 83 to 247

32QAM 103 to 132 103 to 175 104 to 228 104 to 309

64QAM 130 to 166 130 to 219 130 to 287 130 to 389

128QAM 153 to 196 154 to 259 154 to 339 154 to 459

256QAM 177 to 227 177 to 299 178 to 391 178 to 530

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

40 QPSK 47 to 60 47 to 80 47 to 105 47 to 142


Strong

QPSK 55 to 71 55 to 94 55 to 122 56 to 166

16QAM 96 to 123 96 to 162 96 to 212 96 to 287


Strong

16QAM 112 to 144 112 to 190 112 to 248 113 to 336

32QAM 140 to 180 141 to 238 141 to 311 141 to 421

64QAM 177 to 227 177 to 299 178 to 391 178 to 530

128QAM 209 to 268 210 to 354 210 to 463 211 to 627

256QAM 242 to 310 242 to 409 243 to 535 243 to 724

56 QPSK 71 to 90 71 to 120 71 to 156 71 to 212


Strong

QPSK 83 to 106 83 to 140 83 to 183 83 to 248

16QAM 143 to 183 143 to 242 143 to 316 144 to 428


Strong

16QAM 167 to 214 167 to 283 168 to 369 168 to 501

32QAM 209 to 268 210 to 354 210 to 463 210 to 627

64QAM 264 to 338 264 to 446 264 to 583 265 to 789

128QAM 312 to 399 312 to 527 313 to 689 314 to 934

256QAM 360 to 461 361 to 609 361 to 796 362 to 1078

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-21 Radio working modes and service capacities (4x4 MIMO)
Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

28 QPSK 33 to 42 33 to 56 33 to 73 33 to 99
Strong

QPSK 38 to 49 39 to 65 39 to 85 39 to 116

16QAM 67 to 86 67 to 114 67 to 149 67 to 201


Strong

16QAM 79 to 101 79 to 133 79 to 174 79 to 236

32QAM 99 to 126 99 to 167 99 to 218 99 to 295

64QAM 124 to 159 124 to 209 124 to 274 125 to 371

128QAM 146 to 188 147 to 248 147 to 324 147 to 439

256QAM 169 to 217 169 to 286 170 to 374 170 to 506

40 QPSK 45 to 58 45 to 76 45 to 100 45 to 135


Strong

QPSK 53 to 68 53 to 89 53 to 117 53 to 158

16QAM 91 to 117 92 to 155 92 to 202 92 to 274


Strong

16QAM 107 to 137 107 to 181 107 to 237 108 to 321

32QAM 134 to 172 134 to 227 134 to 296 135 to 402

64QAM 169 to 216 169 to 286 170 to 374 170 to 506

128QAM 200 to 256 200 to 338 201 to 442 201 to 599

256QAM 231 to 296 231 to 391 232 to 510 232 to 691

56 QPSK 68 to 87 68 to 115 68 to 150 68 to 204


Strong

QPSK 80 to 102 80 to 135 80 to 176 80 to 239

16QAM 138 to 176 138 to 233 138 to 304 139 to 413


Strong

16QAM 161 to 206 161 to 272 161 to 356 162 to 482

32QAM 202 to 258 202 to 341 202 to 445 203 to 603

64QAM 254 to 325 254 to 429 255 to 561 255 to 760

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz) Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

128QAM 300 to 385 301 to 508 301 to 664 302 to 899

256QAM 347 to 444 347 to 586 348 to 766 349 to 1038

NOTE

l The throughput specifications in the preceding tables are based on the following conditions:
l Frame header compression disabled: untagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2 frame header compression enabled: untagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes
to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
70 bytes to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
90 bytes to 9600 bytes
l The difference between strong modulation schemes and normal modulation schemes lies in FEC
encoding parameters. Strong modulation schemes have stronger error correction capabilities, which
result in higher receiver sensitivity but lower air interface bandwidth.

6.1.1.5 Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities (IS6 Mode) (FCC)
This section lists the microwave working modes of the RTN 320 when FCC 30/40/50 MHz
channel spacings are used. Integrated ODUs operating only at some frequency bands support
the IS6 mode.

Microwave Working Modes and Service Capacities of Integrated ODUs (IS6


Mode) (FCC)
When integrated ODUs use FCC channel spacings, they do not support XPIC.

Table 6-22 Highest-order modulation

Frequency band Maximum Modulation @ Channel Spacing (FCC)

30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz

11 GHz 4096QAM 4096QAM N/A

18/23 GHz 4096QAM 4096QAM 4096QAM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-23 Radio working modes and service capacities


Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)
Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

30 MHz QPSK 37 to 47 37 to 62 37 to 82 37 to 111


Strong

QPSK 43 to 55 43 to 73 43 to 96 43 to 130

16QAM 75 to 96 75 to 127 75 to 166 75 to 224


Strong

16QAM 88 to 112 88 to 148 88 to 194 88 to 262

32QAM 112 to 143 112 to 189 112 to 248 113 to 335

64QAM 138 to 177 138 to 234 139 to 306 139 to 414

128QAM 164 to 210 164 to 277 164 to 362 165 to 490

256QAM 187 to 239 187 to 316 187 to 413 188 to 559

512QAM 211 to 270 211 to 357 212 to 466 212 to 632

1024QAM 230 to 294 230 to 388 230 to 507 231 to 687

2048QAM 244 to 312 244 to 412 244 to 538 245 to 729

4096QAM 254 to 325 255 to 430 255 to 562 256 to 761

40 MHz QPSK 50 to 64 50 to 85 50 to 111 50 to 150


Strong

QPSK 58 to 75 59 to 99 59 to 130 59 to 175

16QAM 101 to 130 101 to 171 101 to 224 102 to 303


Strong

16QAM 120 to 154 120 to 203 120 to 265 121 to 359

32QAM 151 to 193 151 to 255 151 to 334 152 to 452

64QAM 186 to 239 187 to 315 187 to 412 187 to 558

128QAM 221 to 282 221 to 373 221 to 487 222 to 660

256QAM 255 to 326 255 to 431 255 to 563 256 to 762

512QAM 284 to 364 285 to 481 285 to 628 286 to 851

1024QAM 315 to 403 316 to 533 316 to 696 317 to 943

2048QAM 332 to 425 333 to 562 333 to 734 334 to 994

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Channel Modulatio Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)


Spacing n Scheme
(MHz, Frame L2 Frame L2+L3 L2+L3
FCC) Header Header Frame Frame
Compressi Compressi Header Header
on on Enabled Compressi Compressi
Disabled on (IPv4) on (IPv6)
Enabled Enabled

4096QAM 347 to 444 347 to 586 348 to 766 349 to 1037

50 MHz QPSK 63 to 81 63 to 107 63 to 140 63 to 189


Strong

QPSK 74 to 95 74 to 125 74 to 163 74 to 221

16QAM 128 to 163 128 to 216 128 to 282 128 to 382


Strong

16QAM 149 to 191 149 to 252 149 to 330 151 to 446

32QAM 189 to 241 189 to 319 190 to 417 190 to 565

64QAM 235 to 301 235 to 397 236 to 519 236 to 704

128QAM 278 to 356 279 to 470 279 to 614 280 to 832

256QAM 317 to 406 318 to 536 318 to 701 319 to 950

512QAM 358 to 459 359 to 606 359 to 792 361 to 1073

1024QAM 404 to 517 405 to 683 405 to 892 406 to 1209

2048QAM 426 to 546 426 to 720 427 to 941 428 to 1275

4096QAM 466 to 597 467 to 788 467 to 1030 469 to 1395

NOTE

l The throughput specifications in the preceding tables are based on the following conditions:
l Frame header compression disabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2 frame header compression enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from 64 bytes to
9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
70 bytes to 9600 bytes
l L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6) enabled: tagged Ethernet frames with a length from
90 bytes to 9600 bytes
l The difference between strong modulation schemes and normal modulation schemes lies in FEC
encoding parameter settings. Strong modulation schemes have stronger error correction capabilities,
which mean higher receiver sensitivity but lower air interface bandwidth.

6.1.2 Frequency Bands


The ODU integrated in the RTN 320 supports the frequency bands 7 GHz, 8 GHz, 11 GHz, 13
GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23 GHz, 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 32 GHz and 38 GHz.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

NOTE
This section provides the frequency band information of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320. For the
frequency band information of the RTN XMC ODU, see RTN XMC ODU Hardware Description.

Frequency Bands

Table 6-24 Frequency bands supported by the RTN 320

Frequency Band Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 160, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.497 119/126, 151.614, 208, 266,


310, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 520, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.358 315/322, 420, 490, 644, 728

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1010/1008, 1092.5, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1050, 1200, 1232

26 GHz 24.250-26.453 1008

28 GHz 27.520-29.481 1008

32 GHz 31.815-33.383 812

38 GHz 37.044-40.105 1260

Frequency Information
NOTE
Instead of the upper/lower limits of the central frequency of channels, the upper/lower limits of the
frequency that carries the TX signals are described as follows to indicate the scope of frequencies
supported by the RTN 320. The lowest central frequency of channels is higher than the lower limit
frequency by half of the channel spacing. The highest central frequency of channels is lower than the
upper limit frequency by half of the channel spacing.

Table 6-25 Frequency information of the 7 GHz frequency band

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

154 A 7,427.00 7,485.00 7,581.00 7,639.00

154 B 7,456.00 7,526.00 7,610.00 7,680.00

154 C 7,512.00 7,568.00 7,666.00 7,722.00

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

154 D 7,128.00 7,184.00 7,282.00 7,338.00

154 E 7,170.00 7,226.00 7,324.00 7,380.00

154 F 7,212.00 7,268.00 7,366.00 7,422.00

154 G 7,484.00 7,541.00 7,638.00 7,695.00

154 H 7,539.00 7,569.00 7,693.00 7,723.00

160 A 7,433.50 7,496.50 7,593.50 7,656.50

160 B 7,478.50 7,541.50 7,638.50 7,701.50

160 C 7,526.00 7,589.00 7,686.00 7,749.00

161 A 7,114.00 7,177.00 7,275.00 7,338.00

161 B 7,149.00 7,212.00 7,310.00 7,373.00

161 C 7,718.50 7,247.00 7,341.50 7,408.00

161 D 7,219.00 7,282.00 7,380.00 7,443.00

161 E 7,239.00 7,302.00 7,400.00 7,463.00

161 F 7,274.00 7,337.00 7,435.00 7,498.00

161 G 7,309.00 7,372.00 7,470.00 7,533.00

161 H 7,344.00 7,407.00 7,505.00 7,568.00

161 I 7,414.00 7,484.00 7,575.00 7,645.00

161 J 7,449.00 7,512.00 7,610.00 7,673.00

161 K 7,484.00 7,547.00 7,645.00 7,708.00

161 L 7,519.00 7,582.00 7,680.00 7,743.00

161 M 7,539.00 7,602.00 7,700.00 7,763.00

161 N 7574.00 7,637.00 7,735.00 7,798.00

161 O 7,609.00 7,672.00 7,770.00 7,833.00

161 P 7,644.00 7,707.00 7,805.00 7,868.00

161 Q 7,128.00 7,184.00 7,289.00 7,345.00

161 R 7,212.00 7,268.00 7,373.00 7,429.00

161 S 7,508.50 7,568.00 7,669.50 7,729.00

168 A 7,443.00 7,499.00 7,611.00 7,667.00

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

168 B 7,485.00 7,541.00 7,653.00 7,709.00

168 C 7,527.00 7,583.00 7,695.00 7,751.00

168 D 7,110.50 7,170.00 7,278.50 7,338.00

168 E 7,163.00 7,205.00 7,331.00 7,373.00

168 F 7,198.00 7,236.50 7,366.00 7,404.50

168 G 7,226.00 7,261.00 7,394.00 7,429.00

196 A 7,093.00 7,177.00 7,289.00 7,373.00

196 B 7,149.00 7,233.00 7,345.00 7,429.00

196 C 7,205.00 7,261.00 7,401.00 7,457.00

245 A 7,400.00 7,484.00 7,645.00 7,729.00

245 B 7,484.00 7,568.00 7,729.00 7,813.00

245 C 7,567.00 7,652.00 7,812.00 7,897.00

Table 6-26 Frequency information of the 8 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

119/126 A 8,279.00 8,321.00 8,398.00 8,440.00

119/126 B 8,307.00 8,349.00 8,426.00 8,468.00

119/126 C 8,335.00 8,377.00 8,454.00 8,496.00

151.614 A 8,203.00 8,271.00 8,355.00 8,423.00

151.614 B 8,240.00 8,308.00 8,392.00 8,460.00

151.614 C 8,277.00 8,345.00 8,429.00 8,497.00

208 A 8,043.00 8,113.00 8,251.00 8,321.00

208 B 8,099.00 8,169.00 8,307.00 8,377.00

208 C 8,155.00 8,225.00 8,363.00 8,433.00

208 D 8,211.00 8,281.00 8,419.00 8,489.00

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

266 A 7,905.00 8,024.00 8,171.00 8,290.00

266 B 8,017.00 8,136.00 8,283.00 8,402.00

310 A 7,905.00 8,017.00 8,215.00 8,327.00

310 B 8,017.00 8,129.00 8,327.00 8,439.00

310 C 8,129.00 8,185.00 8,439.00 8,495.00

311.32 A 7,731.00 7,867.00 8,042.00 8,178.00

311.32 B 7,835.00 7,971.00 8,146.00 8,282.00

Table 6-27 Frequency information of the 11 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

500/490 A 10,700.00 10,980.00 11,200.00 11,480.00

500/490 B 10,920.00 11,200.00 11,420.00 11,700.00

530/520 A 10,675.00 10,975.00 11,205.00 11,505.00

530/520 B 10,915.00 11,215.00 11,445.00 11,745.00

Table 6-28 Frequency information of the 13 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

266 A 12751 12891 13017 13157

266 B 12863 12982 13129 13248

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-29 Frequency information of the 15 GHz frequency band15

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

315/322 A 14627 14746 14942 15061

315/322 B 14725 14844 15040 15159

315/322 C 14823 14942 15138 15257

420 A 14501 14725 14921 15145

420 B 14718 14928 15138 15348

490 A 14403 14634 14893 15124

490 B 14627 14858 15117 15348

644 A 14400 14708 15044 15352

728 A 14500 14625 15228 15353

Table 6-30 Frequency information of the 18 GHz frequency band

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1010/1008 A 17685 18230 18695 19240

1010/1008 B 18180 18700 19190 19710

1560 C 17700 18140 19260 19700

1092.5 A 17712.5 18060 18805 19152.5

1092.5 B 17987.5 18595 19080 19687.5

Table 6-31 Frequency information of the 23 GHz frequency band

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1008 A 21990.5 22330 22998.5 23338

1008 B 22260 22610 23268 23618

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a


Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1050 A 21950.25 22498 23000.25 23548

1200 A 21200 21600 22400 22800

1200 B 21600 22000 22800 23200

1200 C 21950 22400 23150 23600

1232 A 21200 21786 22432 23018

1232 B 21779 22386 23011 23618

Table 6-32 Frequency information of the 26 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1008 A 24,549.00 24,885.00 25,557.00 25,893.00

1008 B 24,829.00 25,165.00 25,837.00 26,173.00

1008 C 25,109.00 25,445.00 26,117.00 26,453.00

Table 6-33 Frequency information of the 28 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1008 A 27,520.00 28,025.00 28,528.00 29,033.00

1008 B 27,968.00 28,473.00 28,976.00 29,481.00

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-34 Frequency information of the 32 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

812 A 31,815.00 32,207.00 32,627.00 33,019.00

812 B 32,179.00 32,571.00 32,991.00 33,383.00

Table 6-35 Frequency information of the 38 GHz frequency band


T/R Sub-band Transmit Frequency of a Transmit Frequency of a
Spacing TX Low Site (MHz) TX High Site (MHz)
(MHz)
Lower Upper Lower Upper
Limit Limit Limit Limit

1260 A 37044 37632 38304 38892

1260 B 37604 38192 38864 39452

6.1.3 Channel Configuration


The OptiX RTN 320 supports three channel configuration modes: adjacent channel co-
polarized (ACCP), adjacent channel alternate polarization (ACAP), and co-channel dual
polarization (CCDP).

ACCP
ACCP allows signals to be transmitted over the electromagnetic waves in the same
polarization direction on two adjacent channels. See Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1 ACCP

ACCP
f1 f2

H H

ACAP
ACAP allows signals to be transmitted over the horizontally polarized electromagnetic wave
and vertically polarized electromagnetic wave on two adjacent channels. See Figure 6-2.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Figure 6-2 ACAP

ACAP

f1

f2

CCDP
CCDP allows signals to be transmitted over the horizontally polarized electromagnetic wave
and vertically polarized electromagnetic wave on the same channel. See Figure 6-3.

Figure 6-3 CCDP

CCDP
f1

6.1.4 Receiver Sensitivity


Receiver sensitivity reflects the anti-fading capability of RTN 320. It varies with the IF
running mode.

6.1.4.1 Receiver Sensitivity (IS3 Mode) (ETSI)


This section lists the receiver sensitivity values supported by RTN 320 running in IS3 mode.

NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, the receiver sensitivity values in the table are valid when different types of
ODUs are used. However, the frequency bands and modulation schemes supported by different types of
ODUs are different.
The receiver sensitivity of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320 is consistent with that of the RTN XMC
ODU operating at the same frequency band.
N/A means that microwave working mode is not supported.
The guaranteed receiver sensitivity value is 3 dB less than the typical receiver sensitivity value.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Typical receiver sensitivity (XPIC disabled)

Table 6-36 Typical receiver sensitivity I

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@7 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@8 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@10 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@10.5 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79

@11 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@13 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@15 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@18 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@23 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@26 GHz -94.5 -92.5 -88 -86 -83 -80

@28 GHz -94 -92 -87.5 -85.5 -82.5 -79.5

@32 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79

@38 GHz -93 -91 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@42 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -85 -83 -80 -77

Table 6-37 Typical receiver sensitivity II

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -73.5 -72 -70

@7 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -73.5 -72 -70

@8 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -73.5 -72 -70

@10 GHz -78 -75 -73 -71.5 -69.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light

@10.5 GHz -76 -73 -71 -69.5 -67.5

@11 GHz -78 -75 -73 -71.5 -69.5

@13 GHz -78 -75 -73 -71.5 -69.5

@15 GHz -78 -75 -73 -71.5 -69.5

@18 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -72.5 -71 -69

@23 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -72.5 -71 -69

@26 GHz -77 -74 -72 -70.5 -68.5

@28 GHz -76.5 -73.5 -71.5 N/A N/A

@32 GHz -76 -73 -71 -69.5 N/A

@38 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -70.5 -69 N/A

@42 GHz -74 -71 -69 -67.5 N/A

Table 6-38 Typical receiver sensitivity III


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@7 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@8 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@10 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@10.5 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76

@11 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@13 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@15 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@18 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@23 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@26 GHz -92.5 -90.5 -85 -83 -80 -77

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@28 GHz -92 -90 -84.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5

@32 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76

@38 GHz -91 -89 -83.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5

@42 GHz -89.5 -87.5 -82 -80 -77 -74

Table 6-39 Typical receiver sensitivity IV


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -70.5 -69 -67 -65.5

@7 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -70.5 -69 -67 -65.5

@8 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -70.5 -69 -67 -65.5

@10 GHz -75 -72 -70 -68.5 -66.5 -65

@10.5 GHz -73 -70 -68 -66.5 -64.5 -63

@11 GHz -75 -72 -70 -68.5 -66.5 -65

@13 GHz -75 -72 -70 -68.5 -66.5 -65

@15 GHz -75 -72 -70 -68.5 -66.5 -65

@18 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -69.5 -68 -66 -64.5

@23 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -69.5 -68 -66 -64.5

@26 GHz -74 -71 -69 -67.5 -65.5 -64

@28 GHz -73.5 -70.5 -68.5 -67 -65 N/A

@32 GHz -73 -70 -68 -66.5 -64.5 N/A

@38 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64 N/A

@42 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5 N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-40 Typical receiver sensitivity V


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@7 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@8 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@10 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@10.5 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@11 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@13 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@15 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@18 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@26 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@28 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@32 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@38 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@42 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

Table 6-41 Typical receiver sensitivity VI


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM


Light Light

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64 -62.5 -61

@7 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64 -62.5 -61

@8 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64 -62.5 -61

@10 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5 -62 N/A

@10.5 -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5 -60 N/A


GHz

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM


Light Light

@11 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60.5

@13 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60.5

@15 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60.5

@18 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -66.5 -65 -63 -61.5 -60

@23 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -66.5 -65 -63 -61.5 -60

@26 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5 -61 -59.5

@28 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62 -60.5 -59

@32 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5 -60 -58.5

@38 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5 -58

@42 GHz -68 -65 -63 -61.5 -59.5 -58 N/A

Table 6-42 Typical receiver sensitivity VII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@7 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@8 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@10 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

@11 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@13 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@15 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@18 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@23 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@26 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@28 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@32 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@38 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@42 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

Table 6-43 Typical receiver sensitivity VIII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM


Light Light

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5 -61 -59.5

@7 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5 -61 -59.5

@8 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5 -61 -59.5

@10 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62 -60.5 N/A

@10.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A


GHz

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62 -60.5 -59

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62 -60.5 -59

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62 -60.5 -59

@18 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5 -60 -58.5

@23 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5 -60 -58.5

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5 -58

@28 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59 -57.5

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60 -58.5 -57

@38 GHz -68 -65 -63 -61.5 -59.5 -58 -56.5

@42 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -61.5 -60 -58 -56.5 N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-44 Typical receiver sensitivity IX


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@7 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@10 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

@11 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@13 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@15 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@18 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@26 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@28 GHz -85.5 -84 -78.5 -77 -74 -70.5

@32 GHz -85 -83.5 -78 -76.5 -73.5 -70

@38 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

@42 GHz -83 -81.5 -76 -74.5 -71.5 -68

Table 6-45 Typical receiver sensitivity X


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM


Light Light

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5 -58

@7 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5 -58

@8 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5 -58

@10 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59 N/A

@10.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A


GHz

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM


Light Light

@11 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59 -57.5

@13 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59 -57.5

@15 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59 -57.5

@18 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60 -58.5 -57

@23 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60 -58.5 -57

@26 GHz -68 -65 -63 -61.5 -59.5 -58 -56.5

@28 GHz -67.5 -64.5 -62.5 -61 -59 -57.5 -56

@32 GHz -67 -64 -62 -60.5 -58.5 -57 -55.5

@38 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -61.5 -60 -58 -56.5 -55

@42 GHz -65 -62 -60 -58.5 -56.5 -55 N/A

Typical receiver sensitivity (XPIC enabled)

Table 6-46 Typical receiver sensitivity I


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@7 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@8 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@10 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81 -78

@10.5 -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79 -76


GHz

@11 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81 -78

@13 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81 -78

@15 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81 -78

@18 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@23 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM


Strong Strong

@26 GHz -94.5 -92.5 -88 -86 -83 -80 -77

@28 GHz -94 -92 -87.5 -85.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5

@32 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79 -76

@38 GHz -93 -91 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5

@42 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -85 -83 -80 -77 -74

Table 6-47 Typical receiver sensitivity II


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QA 256QA


Strong Strong M M

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@7 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@8 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@10 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78 -75 -72

@10.5 -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76 -73 -70


GHz

@11 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78 -75 -72

@13 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78 -75 -72

@15 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78 -75 -72

@18 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@23 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@26 GHz -92.5 -90.5 -85 -83 -80 -77 -74 -71

@28 GHz -92 -90 -84.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@32 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76 -73 -70

@38 GHz -91 -89 -83.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5

@42 GHz -89.5 -87.5 -82 -80 -77 -74 -71 -68

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-48 Typical receiver sensitivity III


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@7 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@8 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@10 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@10.5 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@11 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@13 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@15 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@18 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@26 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@28 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@32 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@38 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@42 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

Table 6-49 Typical receiver sensitivity IV


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64

@7 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64

@8 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -67.5 -66 -64

@10 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 N/A

@10.5 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light

@11 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5

@13 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5

@15 GHz -72 -69 -67 -65.5 -63.5

@18 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -66.5 -65 -63

@23 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -66.5 -65 -63

@26 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 N/A

@28 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 N/A N/A

@32 GHz -70 -67 -65 N/A N/A

@38 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 N/A N/A

@42 GHz -68 -65 -63 N/A N/A

Table 6-50 Typical receiver sensitivity V


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@7 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@8 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@10 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

@11 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@13 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@15 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@18 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@23 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@26 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@28 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@32 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@38 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@42 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

Table 6-51 Typical receiver sensitivity VI


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM


Light

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5

@7 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5

@8 GHz -71 -68 -66 -64.5 -62.5

@10 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -65.5 -64 -62

@18 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5

@23 GHz -70 -67 -65 -63.5 -61.5

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61

@28 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 N/A

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 N/A

@38 GHz -68 -65 -63 -61.5 N/A

@42 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -61.5 -60 N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-52 Typical receiver sensitivity VII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@7 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@10 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

@11 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@13 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@15 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@18 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@26 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@28 GHz -85.5 -84 -78.5 -77 -74 -70.5

@32 GHz -85 -83.5 -78 -76.5 -73.5 -70

@38 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

@42 GHz -83 -81.5 -76 -74.5 -71.5 -68

Table 6-53 Typical receiver sensitivity VIII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

RSL@ BER=10–6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5

@7 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5

@8 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -64.5 -63 -61 -59.5

@10 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59

@10.5 GHz N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 1024QAM


Light Light

@11 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59

@13 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59

@15 GHz -69 -66 -64 -62.5 -60.5 -59

@18 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60 -58.5

@23 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -63.5 -62 -60 -58.5

@26 GHz -68 -65 -63 -61.5 -59.5 -58

@28 GHz -67.5 -64.5 -62.5 -61 N/A N/A

@32 GHz -67 -64 -62 -60.5 N/A N/A

@38 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -61.5 -60 N/A N/A

@42 GHz -65 -62 -60 -58.5 N/A N/A

6.1.4.2 Receiver Sensitivity (IS3 Mode) (FCC)


This section lists the receiver sensitivity of the RTN 320 when FCC 30/40/50 MHz channel
spacings are used. Both integrated ODUs and extended ODUs support the IS3 mode.

Typical Receiver Sensitivity of Extended ODUs


NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, the receiver sensitivity values in the table are valid when different types of
ODUs are used. However, the frequency bands and modulation schemes supported by different types of
ODUs are different.
N/A means that microwave working mode is not supported.
The guaranteed receiver sensitivity value is 3 dB less than the typical receiver sensitivity value.

Table 6-54 Typical receiver sensitivity I

Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 30 MHz Channel Spacing)


tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -89.5 -90 -90 -89.5 -89.5 -89 -89


Strong

QPSK -88 -88.5 -88.5 -88 -88 -87.5 -87.5

16QAM -82.5 -83 -83 -82.5 -82.5 -82 -82


Strong

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 30 MHz Channel Spacing)


tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

16QAM -81 -81.5 -81.5 -81 -81 -80.5 -80.5

32QAM -78 -78.5 -78.5 -78 -78 -77.5 -77.5

64QAM -74.5 -75 -75 -74.5 -74.5 -74 -74

128QA -71.5 -72 -72 -71.5 -71.5 -71 -71


M

256QA -68.5 -69 -69 -68.5 -68.5 -68 -68


M

512QA -66.5 -67 -67 -66.5 -66.5 -66 -66


M

512QA -65 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65 -64.5 -64.5


M Light

1024QA -63 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63 -62.5 -62.5


M

1024QA -61.5 -62 -62 -61.5 -61.5 -61 -61


M Light

2048QA -60 -60.5 -60.5 -60 -60 -59.5 -59.5


M

Table 6-55 Typical receiver sensitivity II (IS3 mode, 40 MHz channel spacing, XPIC
disabled)
Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 40 MHz Channel Spacing)
tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -88 -88.5 -88.5 -88 -88 -87.5 -87.5


Strong

QPSK -86.5 -87 -87 -86.5 -86.5 -86 -86

16QAM -81 -81.5 -81.5 -81 -81 -80.5 -80.5


Strong

16QAM -79.5 -80 -80 -79.5 -79.5 -79 -79

32QAM -76.5 -77 -77 -76.5 -76.5 -76 -76

64QAM -73 -73.5 -73.5 -73 -73 -72.5 -72.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 40 MHz Channel Spacing)


tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

128QA -70 -70.5 -70.5 -70 -70 -69.5 -69.5


M

256QA -67 -67.5 -67.5 -67 -67 -66.5 -66.5


M

512QA -65 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65 -64.5 -64.5


M

512QA -63.5 -64 -64 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63


M Light

1024QA -61.5 -62 -62 -61.5 -61.5 -61 -61


M

1024QA -60 -60.5 -60.5 -60 -60 -59.5 -59.5


M Light

2048QA -58.5 -59 -59 -58.5 -58.5 -58 -58


M

Table 6-56 Typical receiver sensitivity III (IS3 mode, 50 MHz channel spacing, XPIC
disabled)
Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 50 MHz Channel Spacing)
tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -86.5 -87 -87 -86.5 -86.5 -86 -86


Strong

QPSK -85 -85.5 -85.5 -85 -85 -84.5 -84.5

16QAM -79.5 -80 -80 -79.5 -79.5 -79 -79


Strong

16QAM -78 -78.5 -78.5 -78 -78 -77.5 -77.5

32QAM -75 -75.5 -75.5 -75 -75 -74.5 -74.5

64QAM -71.5 -72 -72 -71.5 -71.5 -71 -71

128QA -68.5 -69 -69 -68.5 -68.5 -68 -68


M

256QA -65.5 -66 -66 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65


M

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 50 MHz Channel Spacing)


tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

512QA -63.5 -64 -64 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63


M

512QA -62 -62.5 -62.5 -62 -62 -61.5 -61.5


M Light

1024QA -60 -60.5 -60.5 -60 -60 -59.5 -59.5


M

1024QA -58.5 -59 -59 -58.5 -58.5 -58 -58


M Light

2048QA -57 -57.5 -57.5 -57 -57 -56.5 -56.5


M

Table 6-57 Typical receiver sensitivity I (IS3 mode, 30 MHz channel spacing, XPIC enabled)
Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 30 MHz Channel Spacing)
tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -89.5 -90 -90 -89.5 -89.5 -89 -89


Strong

QPSK -88 -88.5 -88.5 -88 -88 -87.5 -87.5

16QAM -82.5 -83 -83 -82.5 -82.5 -82 -82


Strong

16QAM -81 -81.5 -81.5 -81 -81 -80.5 -80.5

32QAM -78 -78.5 -78.5 -78 -78 -77.5 -77.5

64QAM -74.5 -75 -75 -74.5 -74.5 -74 -74

128QA -71.5 -72 -72 -71.5 -71.5 -71 -71


M

256QA -68.5 -69 -69 -68.5 -68.5 -68 -68


M

512QA -66.5 -67 -67 -66.5 -66.5 -66 -66


M

512QA -65 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65 -64.5 -64.5


M Light

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 30 MHz Channel Spacing)


tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

1024QA -63 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63 -62.5 -62.5


M

Table 6-58 Typical receiver sensitivity II (IS3 mode, 40 MHz channel spacing, XPIC
enabled)
Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 40 MHz Channel Spacing)
tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -88 -88.5 -88.5 -88 -88 -87.5 -87.5


Strong

QPSK -86.5 -87 -87 -86.5 -86.5 -86 -86

16QAM -81 -81.5 -81.5 -81 -81 -80.5 -80.5


Strong

16QAM -79.5 -80 -80 -79.5 -79.5 -79 -79

32QAM -76.5 -77 -77 -76.5 -76.5 -76 -76

64QAM -73 -73.5 -73.5 -73 -73 -72.5 -72.5

128QA -70 -70.5 -70.5 -70 -70 -69.5 -69.5


M

256QA -67 -67.5 -67.5 -67 -67 -66.5 -66.5


M

512QA -65 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65 -64.5 -64.5


M

512QA -63.5 -64 -64 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63


M Light

1024QA -61.5 -62 -62 -61.5 -61.5 -61 -61


M

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-59 Typical receiver sensitivity III (IS3 mode, 50 MHz channel spacing, XPIC
enabled)
Modula Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 50 MHz Channel Spacing)
tion
Scheme 6 GHz 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz
(XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2 (XMC-2
H) E) E) H)

QPSK -86.5 -87 -87 -86.5 -86.5 -86 -86


Strong

QPSK -85 -85.5 -85.5 -85 -85 -84.5 -84.5

16QAM -79.5 -80 -80 -79.5 -79.5 -79 -79


Strong

16QAM -78 -78.5 -78.5 -78 -78 -77.5 -77.5

32QAM -75 -75.5 -75.5 -75 -75 -74.5 -74.5

64QAM -71.5 -72 -72 -71.5 -71.5 -71 -71

128QA -68.5 -69 -69 -68.5 -68.5 -68 -68


M

256QA -65.5 -66 -66 -65.5 -65.5 -65 -65


M

512QA -63.5 -64 -64 -63.5 -63.5 -63 -63


M

512QA -62 -62.5 -62.5 -62 -62 -61.5 -61.5


M Light

1024QA -60 -60.5 -60.5 -60 -60 -59.5 -59.5


M

1024QA -58.5 -59 -59 -58.5 -58.5 -58 -58


M Light

Typical Receiver Sensitivity of Integrated ODUs


NOTE

In this version, integrated ODUs operating only at the 11/18/23 GHz frequency band supports FCC
channel spacings.
N/A means that microwave working mode is not supported.
The guaranteed receiver sensitivity value is 3 dB less than the typical receiver sensitivity value.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-60 Typical receiver sensitivity I (IS3 mode, 30 MHz channel spacing)
Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER=10-6, 30 MHz channel
Scheme spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong -89.5 -89 -89

QPSK -88 -87.5 -87.5

16QAM Strong -82.5 -82 -82

16QAM -81 -80.5 -80.5

32QAM -78 -77.5 -77.5

64QAM -74.5 -74 -74

128QAM -71.5 -71 -71

256QAM -68.5 -68 -68

512QAM -66.5 -66 -66

512QAM Light -65 -64.5 -64.5

1024QAM -63 -62.5 -62.5

1024QAM Light -61.5 -61 -61

2048QAM -60 -59.5 -59.5

Table 6-61 Typical receiver sensitivity II (IS3-mode, 40 MHzchannel spacing)


Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10-6, 40 MHzchannel
Scheme spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong -88 -87.5 -87.5

QPSK -86.5 -86 -86

16QAM Strong -81 -80.5 -80.5

16QAM -79.5 -79 -79

32QAM -76.5 -76 -76

64QAM -73 -72.5 -72.5

128QAM -70 -69.5 -69.5

256QAM -67 -66.5 -66.5

512QAM -65 -64.5 -64.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10-6, 40 MHzchannel


Scheme spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

512QAM Light -63.5 -63 -63

1024QAM -61.5 -61 -61

1024QAM Light -60 -59.5 -59.5

2048QAM -58.5 -58 -58

Table 6-62 Typical receiver sensitivity III (IS3-mode, 50 MHz channel spacing)
Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10-6, 50 MHz channel
Scheme spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong N/A -86 -86

QPSK N/A -84.5 -84.5

16QAM Strong N/A -79 -79

16QAM N/A -77.5 -77.5

32QAM N/A -74.5 -74.5

64QAM N/A -71 -71

128QAM N/A -68 -68

256QAM N/A -65 -65

512QAM N/A -63 -63

512QAM Light N/A -61.5 -61.5

1024QAM N/A -59.5 -59.5

1024QAM Light N/A -58 -58

2048QAM N/A -56.5 -56.5

6.1.4.3 Receiver Sensitivity (IS6 Mode) (ETSI)


This section lists the receiver sensitivity values supported by RTN 320 running in IS6 mode.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, the receiver sensitivity values in the table are valid when different types of
ODUs are used. However, the frequency bands and modulation schemes supported by different types of
ODUs are different.
The receiver sensitivity of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320 is consistent with that of the RTN XMC
ODU operating at the same frequency band.
N/A means that microwave working mode is not supported.

Typical receiver sensitivity (XPIC disabled)

Table 6-63 Typical receiver sensitivity I

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@8 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@11 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@13 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@15 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@18 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@23 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@26 GHz -94.5 -92.5 -88 -86 -83 -80

@28 GHz -94 -92 -87.5 -85.5 -82.5 -79.5

@32 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79

@38 GHz -93 -91 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

Table 6-64 Typical receiver sensitivity II

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -72 -69

@8 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -72 -69

@11 GHz -78 -75 -72 -68.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM

@13 GHz -78 -75 -72 -69

@15 GHz -78 -75 -72 -69

@18 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@23 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@26 GHz -77 -74 -71 -68

@28 GHz -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@32 GHz -76 -73 -70 -67

@38 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

Table 6-65 Typical receiver sensitivity III


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@8 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@11 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@13 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@15 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@18 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@23 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@26 GHz -92.5 -90.5 -85 -83 -80 -77

@28 GHz -92 -90 -84.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5

@32 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76

@38 GHz -91 -89 -83.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-66 Typical receiver sensitivity IV


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69 -65 -63

@8 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69 -65 -63

@11 GHz -75 -72 -69 -65.5 -63

@13 GHz -75 -72 -69 -66 -63

@15 GHz -75 -72 -69 -66 -63

@18 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@23 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@26 GHz -74 -71 -68 -65 -62

@28 GHz -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5

@32 GHz -73 -70 -67 -64 -61

@38 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5 -60.5

Table 6-67 Typical receiver sensitivity V


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@8 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@11 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@13 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@15 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@18 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@26 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@28 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@32 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@38 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

Table 6-68 Typical receiver sensitivity VI

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 4096QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66 -62 -58 -57

@8 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66 -62 -58 -57

@11 GHz -72 -69 -66 -62.5 -60 -57

@13 GHz -72 -69 -66 -63 -59.5 -56

@15 GHz -72 -69 -66 -63 -59.5 -56

@18 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59 -55.5

@23 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59 -55.5

@26 GHz -71 -68 -65 -62 -58.5 -55

@28 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58 -

@32 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -57.5 -

@38 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -56.5 -

Table 6-69 Typical receiver sensitivity VII

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@8 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@11 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@13 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@15 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@18 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@23 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@26 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@28 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@32 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@38 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

Table 6-70 Typical receiver sensitivity VIII

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 4096QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -71 -68 -65 -61.5 -58.5 -55.5

@8 GHz -71 -68 -65 -61.5 -58.5 -55.5

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61 -58.5 -55.5

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5 -55

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5 -55

@18 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -58 -54.5

@23 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -58 -54.5

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -57.5 -54

@28 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -57 -

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -56.5 -

@38 GHz -68 -65 -62 -59 -56 -

Table 6-71 Typical receiver sensitivity IX

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@7 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@11 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@13 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@15 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@18 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@26 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@28 GHz -85.5 -84 -78.5 -77 -74 -70.5

@32 GHz -85 -83.5 -78 -76.5 -73.5 -70

@38 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

Table 6-72 Typical receiver sensitivity X


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM 4096QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63 -59 -55 -54

@8 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63 -59 -55 -54

@11 GHz -69 -66 -63 -59.5 -57 -54

@13 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -57 -53.5

@15 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -57 -53.5

@18 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -56.5 -53

@23 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -56.5 -53

@26 GHz -68 -65 -62 -59 -56 -52.5

@28 GHz -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5 -55.5 -

@32 GHz -67 -64 -61 -58 -55 -

@38 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -57.5 -54.5 -

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-73 Typical receiver sensitivity XI


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 112 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@32 GHz -81.5 -80 -74.5 -73 -70 -66.5

Table 6-74 Typical receiver sensitivity XII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 112 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@32 GHz -63.5 -60.5 -57.5 -55 -52

Typical receiver sensitivity (XPIC enabled)

Table 6-75 Typical receiver sensitivity I


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@8 GHz -96 -94 -89.5 -87.5 -84.5 -81.5

@11 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@13 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@15 GHz -95.5 -93.5 -89 -87 -84 -81

@18 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@23 GHz -95 -93 -88.5 -86.5 -83.5 -80.5

@26 GHz -94.5 -92.5 -88 -86 -83 -80

@28 GHz -94 -92 -87.5 -85.5 -82.5 -79.5

@32 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -87 -85 -82 -79

@38 GHz -93 -91 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-76 Typical receiver sensitivity II


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -72

@8 GHz -78.5 -75.5 -72

@11 GHz -78 -75 -72

@13 GHz -78 -75 -72

@15 GHz -78 -75 -72

@18 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@23 GHz -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@26 GHz -77 -74 -71

@28 GHz -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@32 GHz -76 -73 -70

@38 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69.5

Table 6-77 Typical receiver sensitivity III


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@8 GHz -94 -92 -86.5 -84.5 -81.5 -78.5

@11 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@13 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@15 GHz -93.5 -91.5 -86 -84 -81 -78

@18 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@23 GHz -93 -91 -85.5 -83.5 -80.5 -77.5

@26 GHz -92.5 -90.5 -85 -83 -80 -77

@28 GHz -92 -90 -84.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5

@32 GHz -91.5 -89.5 -84 -82 -79 -76

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@38 GHz -91 -89 -83.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5

Table 6-78 Typical receiver sensitivity IV

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69 -65

@8 GHz -75.5 -72.5 -69 -65

@11 GHz -75 -72 -69 -65.5

@13 GHz -75 -72 -69 -66

@15 GHz -75 -72 -69 -66

@18 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@23 GHz -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@26 GHz -74 -71 -68 -65

@28 GHz -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@32 GHz -73 -70 -67 -64

@38 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

Table 6-79 Typical receiver sensitivity V

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@8 GHz -90.5 -89 -83.5 -82 -79 -75.5

@11 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@13 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

@15 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@18 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5

@26 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@28 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@32 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@38 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

Table 6-80 Typical receiver sensitivity VI

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66 -62 -58

@8 GHz -72.5 -69.5 -66 -62 -58

@11 GHz -72 -69 -66 -62.5 -60

@13 GHz -72 -69 -66 -63 -60

@15 GHz -72 -69 -66 -63 -60

@18 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5

@23 GHz -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5

@26 GHz -71 -68 -65 -62 -59

@28 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -

@32 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -

@38 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -

Table 6-81 Typical receiver sensitivity VII

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

@7 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@8 GHz -89 -87.5 -82 -80.5 -77.5 -74

@11 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@13 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@15 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5

@18 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@23 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73

@26 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@28 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@32 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@38 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

Table 6-82 Typical receiver sensitivity VIII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -71 -68 -65 -61.5 -58.5

@8 GHz -71 -68 -65 -61.5 -58.5

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61 -58.5

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5

@18 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -58

@23 GHz -70 -67 -64 -61 -58

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -57.5

@28 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -

@38 GHz -68 -65 -62 -59 -

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-83 Typical receiver sensitivity IX


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -86 -80.5 -79 -76 -72.5

@11 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@13 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@15 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72

@18 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5

@26 GHz -86 -84.5 -79 -77.5 -74.5 -71

@28 GHz -85.5 -84 -78.5 -77 -74 -70.5

@32 GHz -85 -83.5 -78 -76.5 -73.5 -70

@38 GHz -84.5 -83 -77.5 -76 -73 -69.5

Table 6-84 Typical receiver sensitivity X


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@7 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63 -59 -55

@8 GHz -69.5 -66.5 -63 -59 -55

@11 GHz -69 -66 -63 -59.5 -57

@13 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -57

@15 GHz -69 -66 -63 -60 -57

@18 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -56.5

@23 GHz -68.5 -65.5 -62.5 -59.5 -56.5

@26 GHz -68 -65 -62 -59 -56

@28 GHz -67.5 -64.5 -61.5 -58.5 -

@32 GHz -67 -64 -61 -58 -

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM 2048QAM

@38 GHz -66.5 -63.5 -60.5 -57.5 -

Table 6-85 Typical receiver sensitivity XI


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 112 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM


Strong Strong

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@32 GHz -81.5 -80 -74.5 -73 -70 -66.5

Table 6-86 Typical receiver sensitivity XII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 112 MHz)

128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024QAM

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@32 GHz -63.5 -60.5 -57.5 -55

Typical receiver sensitivity (2x2 MIMO & 4x4 MIMO)

Table 6-87 Typical receiver sensitivity XIII


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QA 256QA


Strong Strong M M

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@13 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75 -72 -69

@15 GHz -90 -88.5 -83 -81.5 -78.5 -75 -72 -69

@18 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -88 -82.5 -81 -78 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-88 Typical receiver sensitivity XIV


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QA 256QA


Strong Strong M M

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@13 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -88.5 -87 -81.5 -80 -77 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73 -70 -67

@23 GHz -88 -86.5 -81 -79.5 -76.5 -73 -70 -67

Table 6-89 Typical receiver sensitivity XV


Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QA 256QA


Strong Strong M M

RSL@ BER = 10–6 (dBm)

@13 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72 -69 -66

@15 GHz -87 -85.5 -80 -78.5 -75.5 -72 -69 -66

@18 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -85 -79.5 -78 -75 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

6.1.4.4 Receiver Sensitivity (IS6 Mode) (FCC)


This section lists the receiver sensitivity of theRTN 320 when FCC 30/40/50 MHz channel
spacings are used. Only integrated ODUs support the IS6 mode.

Typical Receiver Sensitivity of Integrated ODUs


NOTE

In this version, integrated ODUs operating only at the 11/18/23 GHz frequency band supports FCC
channel spacings.
N/A means that microwave working mode is not supported.
The guaranteed receiver sensitivity value is 3 dB less than the typical receiver sensitivity value.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-90 Typical receiver sensitivityI (IS6-mode, 30MHz channel spacing)


Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 30 MHz Channel
Scheme Spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong -89.5 -89 -89

QPSK -88 -87.5 -87.5

16QAM Strong -82.5 -82 -82

16QAM -81 -80.5 -80.5

32QAM -78 -77.5 -77.5

64QAM -74.5 -74 -74

128QAM -71.5 -71 -71

256QAM -68.5 -68 -68

512QAM -65.5 -65 -65

1024QAM -62 -62 -62

2048QAM -59.5 -59 -59

4096QAM -56.5 -56 -56

Table 6-91 Typical receiver sensitivity II (IS6-mode, 40MHz channel spacing)


Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 40 MHz Channel
Scheme Spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong -88 -87.5 -87.5

QPSK -86.5 -86 -86

16QAM Strong -81 -80.5 -80.5

16QAM -79.5 -79 -79

32QAM -76.5 -76 -76

64QAM -73 -72.5 -72.5

128QAM -70 -69.5 -69.5

256QAM -67 -66.5 -66.5

512QAM -64 -63.5 -63.5

1024QAM -60.5 -60.5 -60.5

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 40 MHz Channel


Scheme Spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

2048QAM -58 -57.5 -57.5

4096QAM -55 -54.5 -54.5

Table 6-92 Typical receiver sensitivity III (IS6-mode, 50MHz channel spacing)
Modulation Receiver Sensitivity (dBm, @BER = 10–6, 50 MHz Channel
Scheme Spacing)

11 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz

QPSK Strong N/A -86 -86

QPSK N/A -84.5 -84.5

16QAM Strong N/A -79 -79

16QAM N/A -77.5 -77.5

32QAM N/A -74.5 -74.5

64QAM N/A -71 -71

128QAM N/A -68 -68

256QAM N/A -65 -65

512QAM N/A -62 -62

1024QAM N/A -59 -59

2048QAM N/A -56 -56

4096QAM N/A -53 -53

6.1.5 Distortion Sensitivity


The distortion sensitivity reflects the anti-multipath fading capability of RTN 320.
The notch depth of RTN 320 meets the requirements described in ETSI EN 302217-2-1.
Table 6-93 describes the anti-multipath fading capability of RTN 320 in 28M/128QAM
microwave working modes.

Table 6-93 Anti-multipath fading capability


Item Performance

28M/128QAM W-curve See Figure 6-4

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance

28M/128QAM dispersion fading margin 51 dB

Figure 6-4 W-curve

6.1.6 Transceiver Performance


Transceiver performance data includes the maximum/minimum transmit power, maximum
receive power, and frequency stability.

NOTE
This section provides the transceiver performance of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320. For the
transceiver performance of the RTN XMC ODU, see RTN XMC ODU Hardware Description.

6.1.6.1 Transceiver Performance (IS3 Mode)


This section describes the transceiver performance of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320
running in IS3 mode.

Maximum Transmit Power


NOTE

The maximum error between the actual transmit power of the RTN 320 and the preset transmit power on
the NMS is ±2 dB.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-94 Maximum transmit power


Mo Maximum Transmit Power (dBm)
dula
tion 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26G 28G 32G 38
Sch GH GH GH GH GH GH GH Hz Hz Hz GH
eme z z z z z z z z

QPS 30 30 27 25 25 24 24 22 22 22 20
K/
QPS
K
Stro
ng

16Q 28 28 25 24 24 23 23 21 20 20 18
AM/
16Q
AM
Stro
ng

32Q 28 28 25 24 24 23 23 21 20 20 18
AM

64Q 26 26 25 23 23 22 22 19 19 19 17
AM

128 26 26 25 23 23 22 22 19 19 19 17
QA
M

256 24 24 23 21 21 20 19.5 17 17 17 16
QA
M

512 24 24 23 20 21 19 19.5 17 15 16 15
QA
M/
512
QA
M
Ligh
t

1024 23 23 20 18 19 17 18 15 15 15 13
QA
M/
1024
QA
M
Ligh
t

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Mo Maximum Transmit Power (dBm)


dula
tion 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26G 28G 32G 38
Sch GH GH GH GH GH GH GH Hz Hz Hz GH
eme z z z z z z z z

2048 21 21 20 18 19 17 18 15 15 15 13
QA
M

Minimum Transmit Power

Table 6-95 Minimum transmit power


Mo Minimum Transmit Power (dBm)
dula
tion 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26G 28G 32G 38
Sch GH GH GH GH GH GH GH Hz Hz Hz GH
eme z z z z z z z z

QPS 5 5 -4 -5 -5 -7 -7 -10 -6 -10 -6


K
Stro
ng to
1024
QA
M
Ligh
t

2048 3 0
QA
M

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Maximum Receive Power

Table 6-96 Maximum receive power


Mo Maximum Receive Power (dBm)
dula
tion 7G 8G 11G 13 15 18 23 26G 28G 32G 38
Sch Hz Hz Hz GH GH GH GH Hz Hz Hz GH
eme z z z z z

QPS -20
K
Stro
ng to
256
QA
M

512 -25
QA
M to
1024
QA
M
Ligh
t

2048 -30
QA
M

Frequency Stability
Frequency stability: ±5 ppm

6.1.6.2 Transceiver Performance (IS6 Mode)


This section describes the transceiver performance of the ODU integrated in the RTN 320
running in IS6 mode.

Maximum Transmit Power


NOTE

The maximum error between the actual transmit power of the RTN 320 and the preset transmit power on
the NMS is ±2 dB.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-97 Maximum Transmit Power


Mo Maximum Transmit Power (dBm)
dul
atio 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26 28 32 32 38
n GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH
Sch z z z z z z z z z z (7 z z
em MH (112
e z to MH
56 z)
MH
z)

QPS 30 30 27 25 25 24 24 22 22 22 22 20
K/
QPS
K
Stro
ng

16Q 28 28 25 24 24 23 23 21 20 20 18 18
AM
/
16Q
AM
Stro
ng

32Q 28 28 25 24 24 23 23 21 20 20 18 18
AM

64Q 26 26 25 23 23 22 22 19 19 19 17 17
AM

128 26 26 25 23 23 22 22 19 19 19 17 17
QA
M

256 24 24 23 21 21 20 19.5 17 17 17 16 16
QA
M

512 24 24 23 20 21 19 19.5 17 15 16 14 15
QA
M

512 24 24 23 20 21 19 19.5 17 15 16 - 15
QA
M
Lig
ht

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Mo Maximum Transmit Power (dBm)


dul
atio 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26 28 32 32 38
n GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH
Sch z z z z z z z z z z (7 z z
em MH (112
e z to MH
56 z)
MH
z)

102 23 23 20 18 19 17 18 15 15 15 11 13
4Q
AM
/
102
4Q
AM
Lig
ht

204 21 21 20 18 19 17 18 15 15 15 11 13
8Q
AM

409 20 20 18 17 18 16 17 14 - - - -
6Q
AM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Minimum Transmit Power

Table 6-98 Minimum Transmit Power


Mo Minimum Transmit Power (dBm)
dul
atio 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26 28 32 32 38
n GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH
Sch z z z z z z z z z z (7 z z
em MH (112
e z to MH
56 z)
MH
z)

QPS 5 5 -4 -5 -5 -7 -7 -10 -6 -10 -2 -6


K
Stro
ng
to
512
QA
M/
512
QA
M
Lig
ht

102 -2
4Q
AM
/
102
4Q
AM
Lig
ht

204 3 5 0
8Q
AM

409 - - - -
6Q
AM

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Maximum Receive Power

Table 6-99 Maximum Receive Power


Mo Maximum Receive Power (dBm)
dula
tion 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26 28 32 38
Sch GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH
eme z z z z z z z z z z z

QPS -20
K
Stro
ng to
256
QA
M

512 -25
QA
M to
1024
QA
M
Ligh
t

2048 -30
QA
M

4096 -35 - - -
QA
M

Frequency Stability
Frequency stability: ±5 ppm

6.1.7 Baseband Processing Performance of a Modem


The baseband processing performance of a modem includes the performance of the FEC
encoding mode and the adaptive time-domain equalizer for baseband signals.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-100 Baseband processing performance of a modem


Item Description

Encoding mode Low-density parity-check (LDPC) encoding


NOTE
Both strong and light modulation schemes use
the LDPC encoding mode. Strong and light
indicate FEC capabilities. Compared with normal
modulation schemes, strong modulation schemes
enhance encoding redundancy and improve
reliability, whereas light modulation schemes
reduce encoding redundancy and increase
payload capacity.

Adaptive time-domain equalizer for Supported


baseband signals

6.2 Predicted Reliability


Predicted reliability includes predicted equipment reliability and predicted link reliability.
Reliability is measured by mean time between failures (MTBF). Reliability prediction
complies with the Bellcore TR-332 standard.

6.2.1 Predicted Equipment Reliability


The equipment reliability shows the reliability of a single piece of equipment.

Table 6-101 Predicted equipment reliability


Item Performance

RTN 320 ODU

MTBF (hour) 40.31×104 ≥87.60×104

MTBF (year) 46.02 ≥100

MTTR (hour) 1 1

Availability 99.99975% ≥99.99989%

6.2.2 Predicted Link Reliability


The link reliability shows the reliability of a microwave link hop and shows the reliability of
all components involved.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-102 Predicted equipment reliability for a single hop of link


Item Performance

1+0 Configuration 2+0 Configuration 1+1 Configuration

MTBF (hour) 14.03×104 9.78×104 23.05×104

MTBF (year) 16.01 11.16 26.31

Availability 99.99929% 99.99898% 99.99957%

6.3 Ethernet Port Performance


Ethernet port performance complies with IEEE 802.3.

Optical Port Performance


The characteristics of optical ports comply with IEEE 802.3. Table 6-103 to Table 6-104
provide optical port performance.

Table 6-103 GE optical port performance


Item Performance

1000BASE-SX (0.55 km) 1000BASE-LX (10 km)

Module BOM number 34060321 34060290

Nominal wavelength (nm) 850 1310

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 1000 1000

Fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 0.55 10

Operating wavelength (nm) 830 to 860 1274 to 1360

Mean launched power -10.0 to -2.5 -9.5 to -3.0


(dBm)

Receiver minimum -17.0 -20.0


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload (dBm) 0 -3.0

Minimum extinction ratio 9.0 9.0


(dB)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Table 6-104 Multi-Rate optical port performance

Item Performance

Multi-Rate Multi-Rate Multi-Rate


(Highest Rate: (Highest Rate: (Highest Rate:
4.25 Gbit/s) 6.144 Gbit/s) 6.144 Gbit/s)

Module BOM 34060365 34060517 34060528


number

Nominal wavelength 850 1310 1310


(nm)

Nominal bit rate 4.25 Gbit/s 6.144 Gbit/s 6.144 Gbit/s


(Mbit/s)

Fiber type Multimode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission 0.3 2 10
distance (km)

Operating 830 to 860 1261 to 1360 1261 to 1360


wavelength (nm)

Mean launched -9.0 to -1.5 -8.4 to 0.5 -8.4 to 0.5


power (dBm)

Receiver minimum -15.0 -13.8 -13.8


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload 0 0.5 0.5


(dBm)

Minimum extinction 3.0 3.5 3.5


ratio (dB)

FE Optical Port Performance


The characteristics of FE optical ports comply with IEEE 802.3. Table 6-105 provides FE
optical port performance.

Table 6-105 FE optical port performance

Item Performance

100BASE-LX (15 km)

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 34060307

Nominal wavelength (nm) 1310

Maximum rate (Mbit/s) 155

Fiber type Single-mode

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Performance

100BASE-LX (15 km)

Transmission distance (km) 15

Operating wavelength (nm) 1274 to 1360

Mean launched power (dBm) -15.0 to -8.0

Receiver minimum sensitivity (dBm) -31.0

Minimum overload (dBm) -8.0

Minimum extinction ratio (dB) 8.2

NOTE
This module applies to SDH STM S-1.1/Fast Ethernet.

GE Electrical Port Performance


The characteristics of GE electrical ports comply with IEEE 802.3. The following table
provides GE electrical port performance.

Table 6-106 GE electrical port performance


Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 10(10BASE-T)


100(100BASE-TX)
1000(1000BASE-T)

Code pattern Manchester encoding signal (10BASE-T)


MLT-3 encoding signal (100BASE-TX)
4D-PAM5 encoding signal (1000BASE-T)

Port type RJ45 port

6.4 System Performance


System performance includes the dimensions, weight, power consumption, power supply,
electromagnetic compatibility, surge protection, safety, and environment.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Mechanical Performance
Item Description

Dimensions (H x W x D) l 7/8/11 GHz: 260 mm × 210 mm × 106


mm (handles and ports not considered)
l 13/15/18/23/26/28/32/38 GHz: 260 mm
× 210 mm × 101 mm (handles and ports
not considered)

Weight l 7/8/11 GHz: 6.5 kg


l 13/15/18/23/26/28/32/38 GHz: 6.0 kg

Power Supply
Item Description

Power supply l DC power supported


l P&E supported
l Input voltage range: –38.4 V to –57.6
V

Item Description

DC power supply Input voltage range –38.4 V to –57.6 V

Power supply distance ≤ 256 m

P&E power supply Power supply mode Force mode

Input voltage range –38.4 V to –57.6 V

Power supply distance ≤ 100m

Typical Power Consumption


Frequency Band Typical Power Consumption

1xGE electrical port, 1xGE electrical port,


WLAN, 1+0 non- WLAN, 2+0 non-
protection protection, RTN XMC-3
ODU

7/8 GHz 61 W 87 W

11 GHz 60 W 86 W

13/15 GHz 53 W 74 W

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Frequency Band Typical Power Consumption

1xGE electrical port, 1xGE electrical port,


WLAN, 1+0 non- WLAN, 2+0 non-
protection protection, RTN XMC-3
ODU

18/23/26/28/32 GHz 56 W 80 W

38 GHz 54.5 W 77 W

Electromagnetic Compatibility
l Complies with FCC PART 15.
l Passed CE, VCCI, IC and RCM authentication
l Compliant with ETSI EN 301 489-1
l Compliant with ETSI EN 301 489-4
l Compliant with CISPR 32/EN 55032
l Compliant with CISPR 24/EN 55024
l Compliant with VCCI V-3
l Compliant with ICES-003 Issue 6
l Compliant with AS/NZS CISPR 32
l Compliant with IEC 61000-6-1/EN 61000-6-1
l Compliant with IEC 61000-6-3/EN 61000-6-3

Lightning Protection
l Compliant with IEC/EN 61000-4-5
l Compliant with ITU-T K.21
l Compliant with ITU-T K.44

Safety
l Passes CE certification
l Complies with IEC 60825
l Complies with IEC 60215
l Complies with IEC 60950-1

Environment
The RTN 320 is used outdoors.

Table 6-107 Environment performance


Item Description

Major reference standards Operation Complies with EN 300


019-1-4 (Class 4.1).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 6 Technical Specifications

Item Description

Transportation Complies with EN 300


019-1-2 (Class 2.3).

Storage Complies with EN 300


019-1-1 (Class 1.2).

Temperature Operation -33ºC to +55ºC

Transportation and storage -40ºC to +70ºC

Protection class IP65

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Earthquake resistance Complies with ETSI 300


019-2-4.

Mechanical stress Complies with ETSI EN 300


019-2-1.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

7 Accessories

About This Chapter

This chapter describes all RTN 320 accessories.

NOTE
For details about the hybrid coupler and OMT, see RTN XMC ODU Hardware Description.

7.1 Power Injector


A power injector (PI) uses DC or AC input power. It transmits both GE service signals and
power signals to an RTN 320 through an Ethernet cable.
7.2 Optical Splitter
An optical splitter is used to split one channel of optical signals into multiple channels. It has
an outdoor fiber access terminal for housing its main module, the optical splitting module. By
working with an optical splitter, OptiX RTN 320 can implement 1+1 HSB and cascade EPLA.
7.3 Four-Port Coupler
A four-port coupler combines and splits four RF signals. The coupler applies to the 3+0/4+0
site scenario, and a single-polarized antenna can transmit a maximum of four RF signals,
saving installation space.
7.4 Extra Mounting Components
If RTN 320s or hybrid couplers are not to be directly mounted on antennas, extra mounting
components, including mounting brackets and flexible waveguides, are required.
7.5 Antennas
Radio equipment uses parabolic antennas to emit and receive electromagnetic waves. The
antennas that are described in this document are parabolic antennas compatible with RTN
320s.
7.6 USB Flash Drives
Configuring, replacing, and upgrading RTN 320s is simple with USB flash drives, which store
NE data and new software to be installed and are also used to back up configuration data.
7.7 WLAN Module
A WLAN module for an RTN 320 enables the Mobile LCT or Web LCT to connect to the
RTN 320 using WLAN, implementing contact-free configuration and maintenance.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

7.1 Power Injector


A power injector (PI) uses DC or AC input power. It transmits both GE service signals and
power signals to an RTN 320 through an Ethernet cable.
The RTN 320 can work with two models of Huawei PIs. Table 7-1 lists the differences
between the two models.

Table 7-1 PI differences


Model OptiX RTN PI-DC B20 OptiX RTN PI-AC B20

Appearance

Application scenario Outdoor (A PI should not be Outdoor (A PI should not be


installed at a high position installed at a high position
on a tower.) on a tower.)

Dimensions (H x W x D) 250 mm x 180 mm x 52 mm 250 mm x 180 mm x 52 mm

Weight 3.0 kg 3.0 kg

Power input DC power: –38.4 V to – AC power: 90 V to 264 V,


57.6 V with the frequency ranging
from 45 Hz to 65 Hz

P&E port count and mode One P&E port. Supports One P&E port. Supports
P&E1 Out Only mode and P&E1 Out Only mode and
Force mode Force mode

DC output port One DC output port. One DC output port.


Switching between DC Switching between DC
output and P&E output is output and P&E output is
supported. supported.

For details about each model of PI, see the corresponding product description and installation
guide.

7.2 Optical Splitter


An optical splitter is used to split one channel of optical signals into multiple channels. It has
an outdoor fiber access terminal for housing its main module, the optical splitting module. By
working with an optical splitter, OptiX RTN 320 can implement 1+1 HSB and cascade EPLA.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

7.2.1 Functions and Features


An optical splitter uses its optical splitting module to split optical signals.

Functions and Features


An optical splitter evenly splits one channel of GE optical signals into two channels.

Figure 7-1 shows the function diagram for an optical splitter.

Figure 7-1 Optical splitter function diagram

Optical
signals Active
OptiX RTN
320
RX Optical
splitter
TX
Standby
OptiX RTN
320

l In the transmit direction, an optical splitter evenly splits one channel of GE optical
signals into two channels and sends them to the active and standby RTN 320s.
l In the receive direction, an optical splitter receives optical signals from the GE port of
the active RTN 320. (The GE port of the standby RTN 320 does not transmit optical
signals.)

Installation Modes
An optical splitter can be installed on:

l An outdoor wall
l A pole with a diameter ranging from 30 mm to 120 mm
l A tower

7.2.2 Ports
The ports of an optical splitter are located in the fiber distribution area of the optical splitter.

Appearance and Structure


An optical splitter has a protective cover, as shown in Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Figure 7-2 Appearance of an optical splitter (front)

Figure 7-3 Appearance of an optical splitter (bottom)

NOTE
Normally, an optical splitter does not need to be grounded when working with RTN 320.

Figure 7-4 shows the internal structure of an optical splitter.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Figure 7-4 Internal structure of an optical splitter

Ports
The three ports in the fiber distribution area connect the optical splitting module and
equipment. The number and label on each fiber indicate the connection relationship. For
details, see Figure 7-5.

Figure 7-5 Fiber connection relationships

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Table 7-2 Fiber connection relationships


Fiber Number Label Connector Type Description

101 M-Rx LC/UPC Connected to the GE


receive port on the
main RTN 320

201 M-Tx Connected to the GE


transmit port on the
main RTN 320

102 S-Rx Connected to the GE


receive port on the
standby RTN 320

202 S-Tx Connected to the GE


transmit port on the
standby RTN 320

IN2 C-Rx Connected to the GE


receive port on
customer equipment

IN1 C-Tx Connected to the GE


transmit port on
customer equipment

The fiber adapters for connecting pigtails in the fiber distribution area provide the anti-
misinsertion function. Install pigtails based on the labels attached to them.

7.2.3 Labels
There are three labels on the fiber access terminal of an optical splitter: fiber access terminal
label, optical splitting module label, and ground point label.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Figure 7-6 Labels of an optical splitter

7.2.4 Technical Specifications


This section describes the technical specifications of an optical splitter, including environment
and performance specifications.

Table 7-3 Technical specifications


Item Specifications

Fiber type Single-mode

Operating wavelength 1310 nm/1490 nm/1550 nm

Working bandwidth 1310±40 nm/1490±10 nm/1550±40 nm

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Item Specifications

Split ratio Equal splitting

Insertion loss ≤ 3.8 dB

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C

Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C

Working humidity ≤ 95% (+40°C)

Atmospheric pressure 70-106 kPa

Protection class IP55

Dimensions (H x W x D) 296 mm x 238 mm x 70 mm

Weight 3.6 kg (including the fiber access terminal)

7.3 Four-Port Coupler


A four-port coupler combines and splits four RF signals. The coupler applies to the 3+0/4+0
site scenario, and a single-polarized antenna can transmit a maximum of four RF signals,
saving installation space.

7.3.1 Functions and Features


A single-polarized antenna can simultaneously transmit four RF signals using a four-port
coupler, saving device deployment costs.
A four-port coupler provides the following functions:
l In the transmit direction, the four-port coupler combines four RF signals into one RF
signal and sends the signal to the antenna.
l In the receive direction, the four-port coupler divides the RF signal received from the
antenna into four RF signals and sends them to four RF processing devices.
Compared with the two-port coupler, the four-port coupler consists of three balanced
couplers. Figure 7-7 shows the working principle of the four-port coupler.

Figure 7-7 Working principle of the four-port coupler

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

The four-port coupler is connected to an antenna through separate mounting.

Figure 7-8 Diagram for installing a four-port coupler

7.3.2 Ports
The ports of a four-port coupler include an antenna port, two main tributary ports, and two
standby tributary ports.
Figure 7-9 shows the ports of a four-port coupler.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Figure 7-9 Interfaces of a four-port coupler

In actual applications, matched loads must be installed on idle ports.

Table 7-4 describes the ports of a four-port coupler.

Table 7-4 Interfaces of the four-port coupler

No. Port Mark Function Type

1 Antenna port - Connects to a l 153IEC-


flexible R140, which
waveguide. can be
connected to
2 Standby STANDBY1-2 Connects to PBR140 (at
tributary port theRTN 320 or 15 GHz
1/2 the RTN XMC frequency
ODU on the band)
standby
l 153IEC-
tributary.
R220, which
can be
connected to
PBR220 (at
18/23/26
GHz
frequency
band)
l 153IEC-
R320, which
can be
connected to
PBR320 (at

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

No. Port Mark Function Type

3 Main tributary MAIN1-2 Connects to the 28/32/38


port 1/2 RTN 320 or the GHz
RTN XMC frequency
ODU on the band)
main tributary.

7.3.3 Label
Hybrid coupler labels are attached to both hybrid couplers and the packing boxes. The label is
used to provide the basic information of the hybrid coupler.
Figure 7-10 shows the label of a hybrid coupler.

Figure 7-10 Diagram of a hybrid coupler label

Table 7-5 describes the parameters in the label.

Table 7-5 Parameters in the hybrid coupler label


Label Information Example Parameter Parameter
Description

Name - Indicates that the


component is a
hybrid coupler.

Model 1: Indicates the C: Indicates a hybrid


(MODEL) component type. coupler.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Label Information Example Parameter Parameter


Description

2: Indicates the The operating


frequency band. frequency band
(GHz) of a four-port
coupler is:
15/18/23/26/28/32/3
8 GHz

3: Indicates the B: Indicates the


branch feature. balanced hybrid
coupler.
Currently, the four-
port coupler only
supports balanced
couplers.

4: Indicates the type R: Indicates the


of an antenna rectangular
interface. waveguide.
Currently, the four-
port coupler only
supports rectangular
waveguides.

5: Indicates the type R: Indicates the


of a waveguide rectangular
cavity for an ODU waveguide.
interface. Currently, the four-
port coupler only
supports rectangular
waveguides.

6: Indicates the C: Indicates


interface code. HUAWEI V2
interface (XMC
interface).

7: Indicates the type Q: Indicates the


of the hybrid four-port coupler.
coupler.

Code of the hybrid 52440560 - Identifies the code


coupler of the hybrid
(ITEM) coupler.

Description of the 14.5–15.5 GHz, 14.5–15.5 GHz: Indicates the


hybrid coupler balance, quarter Operating frequency operating frequency
(DEP) range range (GHz) of the
hybrid coupler.

balance: Indicates Balanced


the branch feature.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Label Information Example Parameter Parameter


Description

quarter: Indicates Four-port coupler


the number of
interfaces.

Serial number of the S/N: 21 52440560 - Identifies each


hybrid coupler 1063000101 hybrid coupler
(S/N) uniquely.

Bar code area - Indicates the bar


code of the serial
number of the
hybrid coupler.

7.3.4 Technical Specifications


The technical specifications of the four-port coupler include electrical specifications and
mechanical specifications.

Table 7-6 shows the technical specifications of the the four-port coupler.

Table 7-6 Technical specifications of the four-port coupler

Type Frequenc Maximu Maximu Minimu Maximu Descripti


y Band m m m m on of
Attenuati Attenuati Isolation Standing Antenna
on of the on of the (dB) Wave Interface
Main Standby Ratio
Tributar Tributar
y (dB) y (dB)

Balanced 15 GHz 7.6 7.6 20 1.3 Connects


Coupler to
PBR140.

18 GHz 7.6 7.6 20 1.3 Connects


to PBR
220.

23 GHz 7.6 7.6 20 1.3 Connects


to PBR
220.

26 GHz 8.2 8.2 20 1.4 Connects


to PBR
220.

28 GHz 8.2 8.2 20 1.4 Connects


to PBR
320.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Type Frequenc Maximu Maximu Minimu Maximu Descripti


y Band m m m m on of
Attenuati Attenuati Isolation Standing Antenna
on of the on of the (dB) Wave Interface
Main Standby Ratio
Tributar Tributar
y (dB) y (dB)

32 GHz 8.2 8.2 20 1.4 Connects


to PBR
320.

38 GHz 8.2 8.2 20 1.4 Connects


to PBR
320.

Table 7-7 Mechanical specifications of the four-port coupler


Item Specification

Packing Dimensions (mm) < 650 x 170 x 260 (length x depth x height)

Weight (kg) ≤ 10

7.4 Extra Mounting Components


If RTN 320s or hybrid couplers are not to be directly mounted on antennas, extra mounting
components, including mounting brackets and flexible waveguides, are required.

7.4.1 Mounting Brackets


Mounting brackets fix RTN 320s onto poles.

Appearance
Figure 7-11 shows a mounting bracket.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Figure 7-11 Mounting bracket


1
2
4

3
5

1. Main bracket 2. Conversion bracket 3. Stay bolt 4. Double-headed nut 5. Auxiliary bracket

Mounting brackets can fit onto poles with diameters ranging from 51 mm to 114 mm.
Mounting brackets are fixed on poles using main brackets, auxiliary brackets, stay bolts, and
double-headed nuts. Conversion brackets are used to attach RTN 320s to main brackets.

7.4.2 Flexible Waveguides


Flexible waveguides are long, slender and rectangular in shape. They connect antennas to the
flange ports on RTN 320s.

Appearance
Figure 7-12 shows a flexible waveguide.

Figure 7-12 Flexible waveguide

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Technical Specifications
Table 7-8 lists the technical specifications of flexible waveguides.

Table 7-8 Technical specifications of flexible waveguides


Freque Specifications
ncy
Band Lengt Maxi Maxi Minim Minim Minim Port Port
h (m) mum mum um E- um H- um Type Type
Attenu twist bend bend Voltag (Anten (RTN
ation degree radius radius e na 320
(dB) (°) (mm) (mm) Standi Side) Side)
ng
Wave
Ratio

7/8 0.9/1.2/ 0.3/0.4/ 264 76 152 1.1 PBR84 PBR84


GHz 1.8 0.6

11 GHz 0.6/0.9/ 0.24/0. 310 64 127 1.1 PBR10 PBR10


1.2/1.8 4/0.5/0. 0 0
8

13 GHz 0.6/0.9/ 0.3/0.5/ 360 64 115 1.1 PBR12 PBR12


1.2/1.8 0.6/0.9 0 0

15 GHz 0.6/0.9 0.4/0.8 445 52 102 1.1 PBR14 PBR14


0 0

18/23/2 0.6/0.9 0.75/1. 510 38 76 1.2 PBR22 PBR22


6 GHz 2 0 0

28/32/3 0.6/0.9 1.2/1.8 510 38 76 1.2 PBR32 PBR32


8 GHz 0 0

NOTE
The preceding table provides only the flexible waveguide specifications corresponding to the frequency
bands supported by the integrated ODU. For the flexible waveguide specifications corresponding to the
frequency bands supported by the extended ODU, see RTN XMC ODU Hardware Description.

7.5 Antennas
Radio equipment uses parabolic antennas to emit and receive electromagnetic waves. The
antennas that are described in this document are parabolic antennas compatible with RTN
320s.

7.5.1 Types
Antennas are classified into single-polarized antennas and dual-polarized antennas.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

l Single-polarized antennas emit or receive electromagnetic waves in a specific


polarization direction. A single-polarized antenna provides a feed port, which can be set
to vertically or horizontally polarized.
Single-polarized antennas can also be classified into directly mounted antennas and
separately mounted antennas based on how RTN 320s are installed. Single-polarized
antennas with diameters of 1.8 meters or less support both direct and separate mounting,
whereas those with diameters of more than 1.8 meters support only separate mounting.
Figure 7-13 and Figure 7-14 show the feeds of single-polarized antennas.

Figure 7-13 Feed of a single-polarized antenna with a diameter of 1.8 meters or less

Figure 7-14 Feed of a single-polarized antenna with a diameter more than 1.8 meters

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

l Dual-polarized antennas concurrently emit or receive vertically and horizontally


polarized electromagnetic waves. Dual-polarized antennas can also be classified into
directly mounted antennas and separately mounted antennas based on how RTN 320s are
installed.
Figure 7-15 and Figure 7-16 show the feeds of dual-polarized antennas.

Figure 7-15 Feed of a separately mounted, dual-polarized antenna

Figure 7-16 Feed of a directly mounted, dual-polarized antenna

7.5.2 Functions and Features


Antennas perform conversion between RF signals received from RTN 320s and
electromagnetic waves radiated in free space.
l In the transmit direction, antennas convert RF signals received from RTN 320s into
directional electromagnetic waves and emit these waves into free space.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

l In the receive direction, antennas receive electromagnetic waves from free space, convert
these waves into RF signals, and transmit the RF signals to RTN 320s.

7.5.3 Working Principles


An antenna consists of a reflector, a feed, a radome, a shield, and a mounting bracket.

Figure 7-17 shows the structure of an antenna.

NOTE

This section considers a single-polarized antenna as an example. A dual-polarized antenna has two feed
ports and can concurrently transmit electromagnetic waves in both the vertical and horizontal
polarization directions. The working principles of each component of a dual-polarized antenna are
almost the same as those of its counterpart of a single-polarized antenna.

Figure 7-17 Antenna structure

4
3

2
1

1. Feed 2. Reflector 3. Shield


4. Radome 5. Mounting bracket

The functions of each component of an antenna are described as follows:

l Feeds
A feed receives RF signals from an RTN 320 at its input port and transmits those signals
to its output port through its waveguide. Located at the focal spot of the reflector, the
output port of the feed is equivalent to a double reflector antenna and emits
electromagnetic waves towards the reflector.
You can rotate the feed to change the polarization direction of an antenna. Here,
polarization direction refers to the polarization direction of emitted electromagnetic

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

waves or the direction of an electrical field. Figure 7-18 shows the polarization
directions that rectangular waveguides support.
NOTE

Antennas must have the same polarization directions as their connected RTN 320s or hybrid
couplers. Antennas of certain types use feeds with round waveguides. To adjust the polarization
directions of these antennas, follow their installation instructions and check their polarization
marks.

Figure 7-18 Polarization directions that rectangular waveguides support

Horizontal
polarization
Vertical
polarization

Direction of an electrical field

l Reflectors
Generally taking the form of rotatable paraboloids, antenna reflectors reflect
electromagnetic waves and increase directive gain.
– In the transmit direction, reflectors reflect the electromagnetic waves emitted from
feeds so the reflected electromagnetic waves are directional.
– In the receive direction, reflectors focus the electromagnetic waves from free space
to feeds' output ports.
l Radomes
Radomes protect antennas from being damaged by wind, rain, snow, or ice. Radomes do
not prevent electromagnetic waves from penetrating to the reflector.
l Shields
Shields are installed on high-performance antennas and help prevent side-lobe radiation.
l Mounting brackets
Mounting brackets are used to attach antennas onto poles and help achieve fine elevation
and azimuth adjustments. Large antennas generally require reinforcing rods in addition
to mounting brackets. For details, see specific antenna documentation.

7.5.4 Antenna Diameters


Antennas of different types or operating at different frequency bands are available in a wide
variety of diameters.

NOTE
This section provides the antenna diameters corresponding to certain frequency bands supported by the
ODU integrated in the RTN 320. For the antenna diameters corresponding to all frequency bands
supported by the extended ODU, see RTN XMC ODU Hardware Description.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Table 7-9 to Table 7-11 list diameters that antennas of different types support. "Yes" indicates
that the corresponding antenna diameter is supported. "NA" indicates that the corresponding
antenna diameter is not supported.

Table 7-9 Diameters of single-polarized antennas


Freq Antenna Diameter
uenc
y 0.2 m 0.3 m 0.6 m 0.9 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m
Band

7/8 NA NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
GHz

11 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y NA
GHz

13 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y NA
GHz

15 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

18 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

23 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

26 Y Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA NA
GHz

28 NA Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

32 NA Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

38 Y Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

Table 7-10 Diameters of separately mounted, dual-polarized antennas


Frequ Antenna Diameter
ency
Band 0.3 m 0.6 m 0.9 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m

7/8 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
GHz

11 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
GHz

13 NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
GHz

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Frequ Antenna Diameter


ency
Band 0.3 m 0.6 m 0.9 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m

15 NA Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

18 NA Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

23 NA Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA
GHz

26 Y Y Y Y Y NA NA NA NA
GHz

28 Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

32 Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

38 Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
GHz

Table 7-11 Diameters of directly mounted, dual-polarized antennas


Frequenc Antenna Diameter
y Band
0.3 m 0.6 m 0.9 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.8 m

7/8 GHz NA Y Y Y Y Y

11 GHz NA Y Y Y Y Y

13 GHz Y Y Y Y Y Y

15 GHz Y Y Y Y Y Y

18 GHz Y Y Y Y Y Y

23 GHz Y Y Y Y Y Y

26 GHz Y Y Y Y Y NA

28 GHz Y Y NA NA NA NA

32 GHz Y Y NA NA NA NA

38 GHz Y Y NA NA NA NA

7.5.5 Technical Specifications


The technical specifications of antennas include electrical and mechanical specifications. The
electrical specifications of antennas include the antenna gain, half-power beamwidth, standing

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

wave ratio, and front-to-back ratio. The mechanical specifications of antennas include the
dimensions, weight, anti-wind capability, and anti-snow/ice capability.
Huawei provides complete antenna portfolios. For information about antenna specifications,
contact Huawei.

7.6 USB Flash Drives


Configuring, replacing, and upgrading RTN 320s is simple with USB flash drives, which store
NE data and new software to be installed and are also used to back up configuration data.

Functions and Features


USB flash drives prepared for RTN 320s store NE software and configuration data (including
databases, system parameters, and scripts).
l Software, patch packages, NE databases, and system parameters are backed up to USB
flash drives. This avoids the need to reconfigure data when replacing a RTN 320.
l Software of target versions stored in USB flash drives is imported to RTN 320s.
l Security features:
– The administrator accounts and passwords (encrypted) in the RTN.CER or
RTNEXTRA.CER file are used to authenticate USB flash drives.
– Other files in USB flash drives can be encrypted.
– The validity of files in USB flash drives can be verified.

Application Scenario
l For an upgrade or downgrade of an RTN 320, only the software of the target version is
stored on a USB flash drive. After the USB flash drive is plugged in and functioning, the
RTN 320 compares the versions of the running software and the software stored on the
USB flash drive. If the versions are not the same, the RTN 320 automatically downloads
the software from the USB flash drive for an upgrade or downgrade.
l During RTN 320 replacement, a USB flash drive is inserted into a faulty device. After
authenticating the USB flash drive, the faulty device automatically backs up its data to
the drive. After the faulty device is replaced, the drive holding the backup data is
inserted into the new device, which automatically downloads the backup NE data,
software, and system parameters and restores the NE data.

Data uploading
A USB flash drive contains the following folders:
NOTE
The USB flash drive partition format is FAT32.
l The root directory stores an RTN.CER/RTNEXTRA.CER file and a USBSEC.CFG
file (security policy file).

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

NOTE

l The RTN.CER/RTNEXTRA.CER file, which stores administrator-level account and


password information (with password information encrypted), is used for authenticating the
USB flash drive. The file is generated by a system administrator at the network management
center (NMC) using a dedicated tool.
l The USBSEC.CFG file stores the list of available files in the USB flash drive and the
verification information and encryption parameters of each file. When the files in the USB
flash drive are being loaded to an NE, the NE verifies and decrypts the files based on the
USBSEC.CFG file. If a file is not in the file list in the USBSEC.CFG file or a file fails to be
verified or decrypted, the file cannot be used by the NE.
l pkg: stores the NE software.

NOTICE
Data is saved in the \pkg folder only when the NE software is upgraded. Otherwise, keep
the folder empty.

l patch: stores the patch software.


l sysdata: stores system parameters.
l script: stores scripts.
l db: stores NE databases.
l license: stores a license.
l devicetype: stores device type parameters.
When a USB flash drive is connected to an RTN 320, the RTN 320 checks the folders on the
USB flash drive in the following order:
1. Checks for the RTN.CER or RTNEXTRA.CER file in the root directory. If the file
exists, the USB flash drive is authenticated. Otherwise, the USB flash drive fails to be
identified.
2. Checks the USBSEC.CFG file in the root directory, and verifies the integrity of files in
the USB flash drive and decrypts the files based on the USBSEC.CFG file.
3. Checks the NE software folder pkg. If the NE software version is different from that of
the local RTN 320, the RTN 320 upgrades its software.
4. Checks the patch software folder patch. If the patch software version is different from
that of the local RTN 320, the RTN 320 loads the patch software from the folder.
5. Checks the system parameter folder sysdata. If the folder contains data, the RTN 320
imports system parameters from the folder.
6. Checks the script folder script. If the folder contains data, the RTN 320 imports script
data from the folder.
7. Checks the database folder db. If the folder contains data and the device type under
\Devicetype is the same as the NE device type, the RTN 320 loads the database from the
folder.
8. If any of the preceding folders contains no data or does not exist, the RTN 320 checks
the next folder. If the RTN 320 finds none of the preceding folders, it exports its data to
the USB flash drive.
Ensure that USB flash drives have only the preceding folders, as extra folders may lead to
malfunctions.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

NOTE
A device reads data from a USB flash drive at different rates in different scenarios. The user can check
whether the device is reading data from a USB flash drive by observing the USB port or USB flash drive
indicator.

Types of USB Flash Drives


Table 7-12 lists the types of USB flash drives supported by RTN 320. Not all USB flash
drives are supported by RTN 320. If a USB flash drive of another model or capacity is
required, confirm with the local Huawei office that the USB flash drive is supported by RTN
320.

Table 7-12 Types of USB flash drives


No. Manufacturer Model Capacity

1 Netac U208 4 GB

7.7 WLAN Module


A WLAN module for an RTN 320 enables the Mobile LCT or Web LCT to connect to the
RTN 320 using WLAN, implementing contact-free configuration and maintenance.

NOTE
WLAN modules are not delivered with the equipment. They must be purchased separately.

Appearance

Figure 7-19 WLAN module

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Specifications

Table 7-13 WLAN module specifications


Item Specifications

Port USB2.0 high-speed connector

Dimensions (H x W x D) 20 mm x 14 mm x 6 mm

Wireless mode Compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g/n

Maximum wireless rate l IEEE 802.11n: 150 Mbit/s


l IEEE 802.11g: 54 Mbit/s
l IEEE 802.11b: 11 Mbit/s

Frequency range 2.4 GHz to 2.4835 GHz

Wireless transmit power Maximum power: 20 dBm


l IEEE 802.11b: 18±1 dBm
l IEEE 802.11g: 15±1 dBm
l IEEE 802.11n: 12±1 dBm

Receiver sensitivity l 130 Mbit/s: -68 dBm@10% PER


l 108 Mbit/s: -68 dBm@10% PER
l 54 Mbit/s: -68 dBm@10% PER
l 11 Mbit/s: -85 dBm@8% PER
l 6 Mbit/s: -88 dBm@10% PER
l 1 Mbit/s: -90 dBm@8% PER

WLAN encryption mode WPA2-PSK

Setting of the service set identifier (SSID) Supported

Setting whether to enable WLAN Supported

Setting of WLAN passwords Supported

Frequency hopping (FH) Supported. The WLAN module can


automatically select a good-quality channel
or be manually set to work at a fixed
channel.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 7 Accessories

Item Specifications

Maximum transmission distance l 30 m (laptop/mobile phone)


l 70 m (laptop + external WLAN network
adapter)
NOTE
30 m is obtained based on tests in which a laptop
(such as Lenovo Thinkpad X230) or mobile
phone (such as Huawei 8815) is used and there is
no obstacle between the laptop/mobile phone and
NE. The actual transmission distance may vary
according to performance of the laptop or mobile
phone used.
70 m is obtained based on tests in which a laptop
works with an external WLAN network adapter
(such as Tenda W311U+) and there is no obstacle
between the laptop and NE. It is recommended
that an external WLAN network adapter with 18
dBm transmit power, -86 dBm receiver
sensitivity, and an antenna of more than 4.2 dBi
gain be used or an external WLAN network
adapter with better performance be used.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 8 Cables

8 Cables

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the purpose, physical appearance, and connections of various cables
used with OptiX RTN 320s.

8.1 Outdoor Network Cables


Fitted with RJ45 connectors at both ends, outdoor network cables connect to Ethernet ports.
8.2 Outdoor Optical Fiber
Outdoor optical fibers are used for transmitting optical signals, and they fit outdoor scenarios.
8.3 Power Cables
A power cable connects a power supply device and the RTN 320 and supplies -48 V power to
the RTN 320.
8.4 RTN 320 PGND Cables
PGND cables are connected to ground screws and outdoor ground points (such as ground
points on towers) so that RTN 320 is connected to the outdoor ground grid.

8.1 Outdoor Network Cables


Fitted with RJ45 connectors at both ends, outdoor network cables connect to Ethernet ports.
The GE electrical ports of PIs support the medium dependent interface (MDI), MDI crossover
(MDI-X), and auto-MDI/MDI-X modes. Straight-through cables and crossover cables can be
used to connect the NMS ports and GE electrical ports to MDIs or MDI-Xs. Straight-through
cables are recommended if network cables are made onsite.

Cable Diagram

Figure 8-1 Network cable

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 8 Cables

Pin Assignments

Table 8-1 Pin assignments for straight-through cables

Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship

X1.1 X2.1 White/Orange Twisted pair

X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.3 X2.3 White/Green Twisted pair

X1.6 X2.6 Green

X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted pair

X1.5 X2.5 White/Blue

X1.7 X2.7 White/Brown Twisted pair

X1.8 X2.8 Brown

Braided shield

Table 8-2 Pin assignments for crossover cables

Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship

X1.1 X2.3 White/Green Twisted pair

X1.2 X2.6 Green

X1.3 X2.1 White/Orange Twisted pair

X1.6 X2.2 Orange

X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted pair

X1.5 X2.5 White/Blue

X1.7 X2.7 White/Brown Twisted pair

X1.8 X2.8 Brown

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 8 Cables

Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship

Braided shield

NOTE

l Straight-through cables are used between MDIs and MDI-Xs, and crossover cables are used between
MDIs or between MDI-Xs. The only difference between straight-through cables and crossover
cables is with regard to their pin assignments.
l Either straight-through cables or crossover cables can be used to connect RTN 320 to common
Ethernet equipment since Ethernet electrical ports support the MDI, MDI-X, and auto-MDI/MDI-X
modes. If RTN 320 connects to power sourcing equipment through a P&E port, pin assignments for
power signals output from the power sourcing equipment determines whether to use straight-through
cables or crossover cables.
l When P&E is used, the network cable transmits both power supply and Ethernet signals. The
Ethernet cable's inter-wire impedance difference must be within 50%; otherwise, Ethernet packets
may be lost.

8.2 Outdoor Optical Fiber


Outdoor optical fibers are used for transmitting optical signals, and they fit outdoor scenarios.

Fiber Diagram

Figure 8-2 Optical fiber (Single-mode)


Yellow Identifier

DLC/UPC DLC/UPC
Junction implement Blue
(With glue)(Black)

Figure 8-3 Optical fiber (Multi-mode)

Orange Identifier

DLC/PC DLC/PC
Junction implement Gray
(With glue)(Black)

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 8 Cables

NOTE

l Fiber connectors must be fit into outdoor protective tubes.


l Optical fibers already have correct receive/transmit connections at both ends.

Technical Specifications

Table 8-3 Technical specifications of optical fibers


Connector Type Fiber Parameter

DLC/UPC Single-mode, GYFJH 2B1.3 (low smoke


and zero halogen), 7.0 mm, 2-core, 0.03 m/
0.34 m, 2 mm, outdoor protected branch
cable

DLC/PC Multi-mode, GYFJH 2A1a (low smoke zero


halogen), 7.0 mm, 2-core, 0.03 m/0.34 m, 2
mm, outdoor protected branch cable

Optical fibers for GE optical ports are available in 10 lengths, ranging from 10 meters to 150
meters. Generally, a 2-meter fiber is used to connect the cascading ports in a cascading 1+1
protection group or an EPLA group. You can use optical fibers of appropriate lengths if the
lengths cannot meet onsite requirements.

8.3 Power Cables


A power cable connects a power supply device and the RTN 320 and supplies -48 V power to
the RTN 320.

Cable Diagram
A power cable is terminated with a tool-less connector with a puller at one end and is not
terminated at the other end. A terminal needs to be made for the other end onsite based on the
port requirements of the power distribution device. See the following figure.

Figure 8-4 Power cable diagram

Cable Core Description


A DC input power cable is a two-core cable. The following table describes the mapping
between the names and colors of core wires.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description 8 Cables

Table 8-4 Power cable core description


Core Wire Name Core Wire Color

NEG (-) Blue

RTN (+) Black (North American standard)


Brown (European standard)

NOTE
Power cables with a 2.5 mm2 cross-sectional area can extend for a maximum distance of 140 m. Power
cables with a 3.3 mm2 cross-sectional area can extend for a maximum distance of 213 m. Power cables
with a 4 mm2 cross-sectional area can extend for a maximum distance of 256 m.

8.4 RTN 320 PGND Cables


PGND cables are connected to ground screws and outdoor ground points (such as ground
points on towers) so that RTN 320 is connected to the outdoor ground grid.

Cable Diagram

Figure 8-5 RTN 320 PGND cable


1
2

1500 mm

1. Bare crimp terminal, OT 2. Base of the ground clip

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

A Appendix

A.1 Port Loopbacks


The loopback capabilities of ports on RTN 320 differ based on the port type.
A.2 Compliance Standards

A.1 Port Loopbacks


The loopback capabilities of ports on RTN 320 differ based on the port type.

Table A-1 Port loopbacks


Port Type Loopback Capability

Microwave port l Inloops at the IF port


l Outloops at the IF port
l Inloops at the composite port
l Outloops at the composite port
l Inloops at the RF port

GE port l Inloops at the MAC layer


l Inloops at the PHY layer

A.2 Compliance Standards

A.2.1 ITU-R Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the ITU-R standards designed for radio equipment.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Table A-2 ITU-R standard


Standard Description

ITU-R F.748-4 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systems


operating in the 26 GHz and 28 GHz band

ITU-R F.1520-3 Radio-frequency arrangements for systems in the fixed service


operating in the band 31.8-33.4 GHz

ITU-R F.1191-2 Bandwidths and unwanted emissions of digital radio-relay systems

ITU-R SM.329-10 Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain

ITU-R P.676-8 Attenuation by atmospheric gases

ITU-R P.530-15 Propagation data and prediction methods required for the design of
terrestrial line-of-sight systems

ITU-R P.453-9 The radio refractive index: its formula and refractivity data

ITU-R P.525 Calculation of free-space attenuation

ITU-R P.837-5 Characteristics of precipitation for propagation modeling

ITU-R P.838-3 Specific attenuation model for rain for use in prediction methods

Effects of multipath propagation on the design and operation of


ITU-R F.1093 line-of-sight digital fixed wireless systems

ITU-R F.1101 Characteristics of digital fixed wireless systems below about 17


GHz

ITU-R F.1102 Characteristics of fixed wireless systems operating in frequency


bands above about 17 GHz

ITU-R F.1605 Error performance and availability estimation for synchronous


digital hierarchy terrestrial fixed wireless systems

ITU-R F.1703 Availability objectives for real digital fixed wireless links used in
27 500 km hypothetical reference paths and connections

ITU-R F.592 Vocabulary of terms for the fixed service

ITU-R F.746 Radio-frequency arrangements for fixed service systems

Hypothetical reference digital path for radio-relay systems which


may form part of an integrated services digital network with a
ITU-R F.556 capacity above the second hierarchical level

Radiation pattern of reference antennas for fixed wireless systems


used for coordination studies and interference assessment in the
ITU-R F.699-7 frequency range between 100 MHz and 70 GHz

A.2.2 ITU-T Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the ITU-T standards.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Table A-3 ITU-T standard


Standard Description

ITU-T G.664 Optical safety procedures and requirements


for optical transport systems

ITU-T G.8011 Ethernet over Transport - Ethernet services


framework

ITU-T G.8011.1 Ethernet private line service

ITU-T G.8011.2 Ethernet virtual private line service

ITU-T G.8261 Timing and synchronization aspects in


packet networks

ITU-T G.8262 Timing characteristics of synchronous


Ethernet equipment slave clock (EEC)

ITU-T G.8264 Timing distribution through packet


networks

ITU-T G.8032 Ethernet ring protection switching

ITU-T Y.1730 Requirements for OAM functions in


Ethernet based networks and Ethernet
services

ITU-T Y.1731 OAM functions and mechanisms for


Ethernet based networks

ITU-T G.8010 Architecture of Ethernet layer networks

ITU-T G.8021 Characteristics of Ethernet transport


network equipment functional blocks

ITU-T Y.1291 An architectural framework for support of


quality of service (QoS) in packet networks

ITU-T K.20 Resistibility of telecommunication


equipment installed in a
telecommunications centre to overvoltages
and overcurrents

ITU-T K.21 Resistibility of telecommunication


equipment installed in customer premises to
overvoltages and overcurrents

ITU-T K.27 Bonding configurations and earthing inside


a telecommunication building

A.2.3 ETSI Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the ETSI standards designed for radio equipment.

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

NOTE
The functions of Fixed Service (FS) for this device are restricted to use and put into service due to the
need for a spectrum license and/or the conditions attached to authorisation for the use of frequencies
within all European Union countries
(BE/BG/CZ/DK/DE/EE/IE/EL/ES/FR/HR/IT/CY/LV/LT/LU/HU/MT/NL/AT/PL/PT/RO/SI/SK/FI/SE/
UK).

Table A-4 ETSI standard


Standard Description

ETSI EN 302 217-1 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 1: overview and system-
independent common characteristics

ETSI EN 302 217-2-1 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 2-1: system-dependent
requirements for digital systems operating
in frequency bands where frequency co-
ordination is applied

ETSI EN 302 217-2-2 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 2-2: harmonized EN
covering essential requirements of Article
3.2 of RED Directive for digital systems
operating in frequency bands where
frequency co-ordination is applied

ETSI EN 302 217-2 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 3: harmonized EN
covering essential requirements of Article
3.2 of RED Directive for equipment
operating in frequency bands where no
frequency co-ordination is applied

ETSI EN 302 217-4-1 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 4-1: system-dependent
requirements for antennas

ETSI EN 302 217-4-2 Fixed radio systems; characteristics and


requirements for point-to-point equipment
and antennas; part 4-2: harmonized EN
covering essential requirements of Article
3.2 of RED Directive for antennas

ETSI EN 301 126-1 Fixed radio systems; conformance testing;


part 1: point-to-point equipment -
definitions, general requirements and test
procedures

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Standard Description

ETSI EN 301 126-3-1 Fixed radio systems; conformance testing;


part 3-1: point-to-point antennas;
definitions, general requirements and test
procedures

ETSI EN 301 390 Fixed radio systems; point-to-point and


multipoint systems; spurious emissions and
receiver immunity limits at equipment/
antenna port of digital fixed radio systems

ETSI EN 300 385 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio


spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) standard for fixed
microwave links and ancillary equipment

ETSI EN 300 386 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio


spectrum Matters (ERM);
Telecommunication network equipment;
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
requirements

ETSI EN 301 489-1 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio


spectrum Matters(ERM); Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio
equipment and services; part 1: common
technical requirements

ETSI EN 301 489-4 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio


spectrum Matters(ERM); Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio
equipment and services; part 4: specific
conditions for fixed microwave links and
ancillary equipment and services

ETSI TR 102 457 Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); study


on the electromagnetic radiated field in
fixed radio systems for environmental
issues; study on the electromagnetic
radiated field in fixed radio systems for
environmental issues

ETSI EN 300 019-1-1(Class 1.2) Environmental conditions and


environmental tests for telecommunications
equipment; part 1-1: classification of
environmental conditions; storage class 1.2

ETSI EN 300 019-1-2(Class 2.3) Environmental conditions and


environmental tests for telecommunications
equipment; part 1-2: classification of
environmental conditions; transportation
class 2.3

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Standard Description

ETSI EN 300 019-2-4 Environmental engineering (EE);


environmental conditions and
environmental tests for telecommunications
equipment; part 2-4: specification of
environmental tests; stationary use at non-
weather protected locations

ETSI TR 102 489 Thermal management guidance for


equipment and its deployment

ETSI ETS 300 253 (1995) Equipment engineering; earthing and


bonding of telecommunication equipment in
telecommunication centers

A.2.4 CEPT Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the CEPT standards.

Table A-5 CEPT Standards

Standard Description

ERC/REC 74-01 Unwanted Emissions in the Spurious Domain

T/R 13-02 Preferred channel arrangements for fixed services in the range
22.0-29.5 GHz

ERC/REC/(01)02 Preferred channel arrangement for digital fixed service systems


operating in the frequency band 31.8 - 33.4 GHz

A.2.5 IEC Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the IEC standards related to the waveguide.

Table A-6 IEC standards

Standard Description

IEC 60154-1 Flanges for waveguides; part 1: general requirements

IEC 60154-2 Flanges for waveguides; part 2: relevant specifications for flanges for
ordinary rectangular waveguides

IEC 60154-3 Flanges for waveguides; part 3: relevant specifications for flanges for
flat rectangular waveguides

IEC 60154-4 Flanges for waveguides; part 4: relevant specifications for flanges for
circular waveguides

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Standard Description

IEC 60154-6 Flanges for waveguides; part 6: relevant specifications for flanges for
medium flat rectangular waveguides

IEC 60154-7 Flanges for waveguides; part 7: relevant specifications for flanges for
square waveguides

IEC 60153-1 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 1: general requirements and


measuring methods

IEC 60153-2 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 2: relevant specifications for ordinary
rectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-3 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 3: relevant specifications for flat
rectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-4 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 4: relevant specifications for circular
waveguides

IEC 60153-6 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 6: relevant specifications for medium
flat rectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-7 Hollow metallic waveguides; part 7: relevant specifications for square
waveguides

IEC 60215 Safety requirements for radio transmitting equipment

IEC 60825 Safety of laser products

IEC 60950-1 Information technology equipment - safety

IEC 60657 Non-ionizing radiation hazards in the frequency range from 10 MHz to
300 000 MHz

IEC 60297 Dimensions of mechanical structures of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series

IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures

IEC 721-3-4 Classification of environmental conditions; part 3: classification of


groups of environmental parameters and their severities; section 4:
stationary use at non-weather protected locations; classes
4K2/4Z5/4Z7/4B1/4C2(4C3)/4S2/4M5 (outdoor unit)

IEC 61000-4-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); part 2: testing and measurement


techniques; section 2: electrostatic discharge immunity test basic EMC
publication

IEC 61000-4-3 Electromagnetic compatibility; part 3: testing and measurement


techniques; section 3: radio frequency electromagnetic fields; immunity
test

IEC 61000-4-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); part 4: testing and measurement


techniques; section 4: electrical fast transient/burst immunity test basic
EMC publication

IEC 61000-4-5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); part 5: testing and measurement


techniques; section 5: surge immunity test

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Standard Description

IEC 61000-4-6 Electromagnetic compatibility; part 6: testing and measurement


techniques; section 6: conducted disturbances induced by radio-
frequency fields; immunity test

IEC 61000-4-29 Electromagnetic compatibility; part 29: testing and measurement


techniques –voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations on
DC input power port immunity tests

A.2.6 IETF Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with IETF standards.

Table A-7 IETF standards


Standard Description

RFC 791 Internet Protocol

RFC 2819 Remote Network Monitoring Management Information


Base

draft-ietf-l2vpn-oam-req- L2VPN OAM requirements and framework


frmk-05

draft-ietf-l2vpn-signaling-08 Provisioning, autodiscovery, and signaling in L2VPNs

RFC 4664 Framework for layer 2 virtual private networks


(L2VPNs)

RFC 3916 Requirements for pseudo-wire emulation edge-to-edge


(PWE3)

RFC 3289 Management information base for the differentiated


services architecture

RFC 3644 Policy quality of service (QoS) information model

RFC 3670 Information model for describing network device QoS


datapath mechanisms

RFC 2212 Specification of guaranteed quality of service

RFC 2474 Definition of the differentiated services field (DS Field)


in the IPv4 and IPv6 headers

RFC 2475 An architecture for differentiated services

STD 0062 An architecture for describing Simple Network


Management Protocol (SNMP) management frameworks

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

A.2.7 IEEE Standards


OptiX RTN 320 complies with the IEEE standards designed for Ethernet networks.

Table A-8 IEEE standards


Standard Description

IEEE 802.1D Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges

IEEE 802.3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
access method and physical layer specifications

IEEE 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks

IEEE 802.1ag Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks — Amendment 5: Connectivity


Fault Management

IEEE 802.3ah Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and Management
Parameters for Subscriber Access Networks

IEEE 802.3x Supplements to Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications

IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Task Force

A.2.8 Other Standards


This section describes other standards with which OptiX RTN 320 complies.

Table A-9 Other standards


Standard Description

MEF 2 Requirements and framework for Ethernet service protection in


metro Ethernet networks

MEF 4 Metro Ethernet network architecture framework; part 1: generic


framework

MEF 9 Abstract test suite for Ethernet services at the UNI

MEF 10 Ethernet services attributes phase 1

MEF 14 Abstract test suite for traffic management phase 1

AF-PHY-0086.001 AF-PHY-0086.001 Inverse Multiplexing for ATM Specification


Version 1.1

AF-TM-0121.000 Traffic Management Specification

CISPR 22(1997) Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance


characteristics of information

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX RTN 320 Radio Transmission System
Product Description A Appendix

Standard Description

CISPR 24(1998) Information technology equipment - immunity characteristics -


limits and methods of measurement

EN 50383 Basic standard for the calculation and measurement of


electromagnetic field strength and SAR related to human exposure
from radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for wireless
telecommunications system (110 MHz - 40 GHz)

EN 50385 Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of radio base


stations and fixed terminal stations for wireless telecommunication
systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to
human exposure to ratio frequency electromagnetic fields (110
MHz-40 GHz) - general public

EN 55022 Information technology equipment - radio disturbance characteristics


- Limits and methods of measurement (IEC/CISPR 22:1997,
modified + A1:2000); German version EN 55022:1998 +
corrigendum: 2001 + A1:2000

EN 55024 Information technology equipment - immunity characteristics -


limits and methods of measurement

EN 41003 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to


telecommunication networks;

EN 60825 Safety of laser products

EN 60950-1 Safety of information technology equipment

EN 60950-22 Information technology equipment - Safety - Part 22 Equipment


installed outdoors

EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) (IEC


60529:1989 + A1:1999): German version EN 60529:1991 +
A1:2000

Issue 02 (2018-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen